Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED: DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from               to

 

Commission File Number: 001-35268

 

SYNERGY PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

33-0505269

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

(I.R.S. Employer

Incorporation or Organization)

Identification No.)

 

420 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1609, New York, New York 10170
 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

 

(212) 297-0020
(Registrant’s telephone number)

 

 

(Former Name, Former Address and Former Fiscal Year, if changed since last report)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Units, each consisting of two shares of Common Stock and one Warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock

 

The NASDAQ Capital Market

 

 

 

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value

 

The NASDAQ Capital Market

 

 

 

Warrants to purchase Common Stock

 

The NASDAQ Capital Market

 

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Title of class: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes   o    No   x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes   o   No   x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes   x   No  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  x   No   o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer o

Accelerated filer x

 

 

Non-accelerated filer o

Smaller reporting company o

(Do not check if a

 

smaller reporting company)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  o   No  x

 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $203,272,170 on June 30, 2011.

 

As of March 13, 2012 the registrant had 54,306,178 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

SYNERGY PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
(A development stage company)

 

FORM 10-K

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

 

Item 1.

Business

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

Item 2.

Properties

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

PART II

 

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosure

 

Item 5.

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition And Results of Operations

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

 

Item 9B.

Other Information

PART III

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART IV

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

SIGNATURES

 

2



Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

This Report on Form 10-K for Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such forward-looking statements are characterized by future or conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” believe,” “estimate” and “continue” or similar words. You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss future expectations and plans, which contain projections of future results of operations or financial condition or state other forward-looking information. Such statements are only predictions and our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. We believe that it is important to communicate future expectations to investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or control. Factors that may cause such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed under Item 1A. Risk Factors and elsewhere in this Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the uncertainties associated with product development, the risk that products that appeared promising in early clinical trials do not demonstrate safety and efficacy in larger-scale clinical trials, the risk that we will not obtain approval to market our products, the risks associated with dependence upon key personnel and the need for additional financing. We do not assume any obligation to update forward-looking statements as circumstances change.

 

On November 30, 2011 we filed a certificate of amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to effect a 1 for 2 reverse split of our common stock. On the effective date, each two shares of our outstanding common stock automatically converted into one share of common stock. All share and per share amounts in this Form 10-K have been restated to reflect this reverse stock split.

 

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS.

 

We are a biopharmaceutical company focused primarily on the development of drugs to treat gastrointestinal, or GI, disorders and diseases. Our lead product candidate is plecanatide (formerly called SP-304), a guanylyl cyclase C, or GC-C, receptor agonist, to treat GI disorders, primarily chronic constipation, or CC, and constipation-predominant-irritable bowel syndrome, or IBS-C. CC and IBS-C are functional gastrointestinal disorders that afflict millions of sufferers worldwide. CC is primarily characterized by constipation symptoms but a majority of these patients report experiencing bloating and abdominal discomfort as among their most bothersome symptoms. IBS-C is characterized by frequent and recurring abdominal pain and/or discomfort associated with chronic constipation. We are also developing SP-333, our second generation GC-C receptor agonist for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammatory diseases, such as ulcerative colitis, or UC.

 

Plecanatide

 

We are currently developing plecanatide, a synthetic hexadecapeptide designed to mimic the actions of the GI hormone uroguanylin, for the treatment of CC and IBS-C. Plecanatide is an agonist of GC-C receptor.

 

Plecanatide is covered by a U.S. patent issued on May 9, 2006 with respect to composition of matter that expires on March 25, 2023, subject to possible patent term extension, and a U.S. patent issued on September 21, 2010 with respect to composition of matter that expires on June 9, 2022, subject to possible patent term extension. We have filed patent applications to broaden our patent estate covering GC-C receptor agonists.

 

On October 24, 2011, we initiated dosing of patients in a Phase II/III clinical trial of plecanatide to treat CC. This study is being conducted at 110 sites in the United States and is designed to enroll 880 patients with CC to insure we have 800 evaluable patients at the end of the study. Patients will be treated with one of three doses of plecanatide (0.3, 1.0 or 3.0 mg) or placebo taken once daily over a period of 12 weeks.  The study’s primary objective is the measure of CSBMs using a responder analysis. The trial will also evaluate SBMs and daily constipation symptoms, as well as the impact of plecanatide on disease-specific quality of life measures.

 

14-Day Phase 2a Clinical Trial in CC

 

Summary.     In September, 2010 we completed a Phase 2a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, 14-day repeat, oral, dose-ranging clinical trial of plecanatide in patients with CC. On October 18, 2010, we presented the results of this clinical trial at the American College of Gastroenterology Annual Scientific Meeting in San Antonio, Texas. The trial utilized 78 evaluable patients at 14 sites in the United States. The primary objective of the trial was to evaluate the safety of plecanatide in patients with CC. The secondary objectives of this clinical trial were to assess the pharmacokinetic profile of plecanatide and to assess bowel function, including time to first bowel movement, frequency, completeness of evacuation, stool consistency, straining and abdominal discomfort, after treatment with plecanatide.

 

Clinical Trial Design.     In this clinical trial we enrolled patients that met the modified Rome III criteria of CC, a standard patient assessment tool used in the diagnosis of patients with CC. Patients also had to have had a colonoscopy within five years before enrollment with no significant findings, had to be in good health as determined by a physical examination and other standard assessments and had to have

 

3



Table of Contents

 

reported less than six simultaneous bowel movements, or SBMs, and less than three complete SBMs, or CSBMs, in each week during the 14-days before treatment with plecanatide or placebo. SBMs are bowel movements that occur without the use of a laxative, enema or suppository within the preceding 24 hours; and CSBMs are SBMs after which the patient reports a feeling of complete evacuation.

 

Patients in this clinical trial received placebo or plecanatide once-daily in the morning for 14 consecutive days at oral doses of 0.3 mg, 1.0 mg, 3.0 mg or 9.0 mg, respectively. There were 20 patients per dose level randomized 3:1, with 15 patients in each dose level receiving plecanatide and five patients in each dose level receiving placebo. A safety review was conducted after each dose level before beginning the next higher dose level.

 

Clinical Trial Results.     Plecanatide treatment exhibited a favorable safety profile with no severe adverse events observed, and notably no patients receiving plecanatide reported diarrhea. Ten percent (2/20) of patients receiving placebo and 17.2% (10/58) of patients receiving plecanatide, respectively, reported adverse events, or AEs, related to treatment and 10% (2/20) of patients receiving placebo and 8.6% (5/58) of patients receiving plecanatide, respectively, reported GI-related AEs. The majority of AEs were mild to moderate and transient in nature. One patient on placebo discontinued from the clinical trial due to diarrhea. Additionally, no systemic absorption of plecanatide was detected in patients at any of the dose levels studied.

 

Patients in all but the 0.3 mg plecanatide dose levels reported significant decreases in time to first bowel movement after dosing as compared to patients receiving placebo. Patients receiving plecanatide also reported increases in the number of SBMs and CSBMs per week, improved stool consistency and reduced straining during bowel movements as compared to pre-treatment levels for each of these measures of bowel function. In addition, a greater percentage of patients in each plecanatide dose level reported improvement in abdominal discomfort, constipation severity and overall relief after treatment as compared to patients receiving placebo.

 

Development Plan

 

We are presently dosing patients in an 800-patient Phase II/III clinical trial of plecanatide to treat CC. We expect to release top-line data from this study in late 2012. Once these data have been evaluated, we plan to have an “End-of-Phase 2” meeting with FDA in early 2013 to discuss the clinical plan for further development of plecanatide to treat CC.

 

We are also preparing to initiate a Phase 2b clinical trial of plecanatide for the treatment of IBS-C in patients during 2012.

 

SP-333

 

We are also developing a second generation GC-C receptor analog, SP-333, which is currently in pre-clinical development for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammatory diseases. SP-333 is a synthetic analog of uroguanylin, a natriuretic hormone which is normally produced in the body’s intestinal tract. Deficiency of this hormone is predicted to be one of the primary reasons for the formation of polyps that can lead to colon cancer, as well as debilitating and difficult-to-treat GI inflammatory disorders such as UC and Crohn’s disease. We plan to submit by mid-2012 an Investigational New Drug application, or IND, to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, to treat UC, and intend to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial of SP-333 in volunteers during the second half of 2012.

 

More than 500,000 Americans are afflicted with UC, a type of IBD that causes chronic inflammation of the colon. Along with Crohn’s disease, the other major form of IBD, UC is painful and debilitating, and can lead to other serious and life-threatening complications such as increased incidence of colon cancer. There is currently no medical cure for UC. A considerable medical need exists for the control and treatment of UC.

 

On February 1, 2011 the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office issued U.S. Patent No. 7,879,802, covering our novel drug candidate SP-333 to treat inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). SP-333 is a second-generation guanylate cyclase C (GC-C) agonist with the potential to treat gastro-intestinal diseases such as UC. The patent entitled “Agonists of Guanylate Cyclase Useful for the Treatment of Gastrointestinal Disorders, Inflammation, Cancer and Other Disorders” specifically claims composition of matter of SP-333 and use in the treatment of human diseases.

 

Manufacturing of our Product Candidates

 

We do not have any in-house manufacturing capabilities. Our active pharmaceutical ingredients, or APIs, and the final formulated drug products are manufactured for us by third party contractors. Accordingly, unless or until we develop or acquire sufficient manufacturing capabilities, we will depend on third parties to manufacture plecanatide, SP-333 and any future APIs that we may develop or acquire. We have executed manufacturing supply agreements for API manufacturing of plecanatide with two suppliers, sufficient to meet our foreseeable clinical trial requirements.

 

We continue to pursue additional API and drug product supply agreements with other manufacturers. We are in the process of selecting at least one more manufacturer to produce our APIs in accordance with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, on a commercial scale to meet our future needs. It is a fundamental part of our commercial strategy to maintain two or more API suppliers to ensure continuity in our

 

4



Table of Contents

 

supply chain. We believe, based on the ongoing studies to date, that our current formulations of capsules/tablets are both cost effective and meet the stability requirements for pharmaceutical drug products.

 

Government Regulation

 

In the United States, pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and other federal and state statutes and regulations, govern, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, promotion and marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling, and import and export of pharmaceutical products. The FDA has very broad enforcement authority and failure to abide by applicable regulatory requirements can result in administrative or judicial sanctions being imposed on us, including warning letters, refusals of government contracts, clinical holds, civil penalties, injunctions, restitution, disgorgement of profits, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, withdrawal of approval, refusal to approve pending applications, and criminal prosecution.

 

FDA Approval Process

 

We believe that our product candidates will be regulated by the FDA as drugs. No manufacturer may market a new drug until it has submitted an NDA to the FDA, and the FDA has approved it. The steps required before the FDA may approve an NDA generally include:

 

·                   preclinical laboratory tests and animal tests conducted in compliance with FDA’s good laboratory practice requirements;

 

·                   development, manufacture and testing of active pharmaceutical product and dosage forms suitable for human use in compliance with current good manufacturing practices, or GMP;

 

·                   the submission to the FDA of an investigational new drug application, or IND, for human clinical testing, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

·                   adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the product for its specific intended use(s);

 

·                   the submission to the FDA of a New Drug Application, or NDA; and

 

·                   FDA review and approval of the NDA.

 

Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluation of the product candidate, as well as animal studies to assess the potential safety and efficacy of the product candidate. The conduct of the pre-clinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements including good laboratory practices. We must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data and a proposed clinical trial protocol to the FDA as part of an IND, which must become effective before we may commence human clinical trials. The IND will automatically become effective 30 days after its receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA raises concerns or questions before that time about the conduct of the proposed trials. In such a case, we must work with the FDA to resolve any outstanding concerns before clinical trials can proceed. We cannot be sure that submission of an IND will result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to begin, or that, once begun, issues will not arise that suspend or terminate such trials. The study protocol and informed consent information for patients in clinical trials must also be submitted to an institutional review board for approval. An institutional review board may also require the clinical trial at the site to be halted, either temporarily or permanently, for failure to comply with the institutional review board’s requirements or may impose other conditions.

 

Clinical trials involve the administration of the product candidate to humans under the supervision of qualified investigators, generally physicians not employed by or under the trial sponsor’s control. Clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, though the phases may overlap or be combined. In Phase 1, the initial introduction of the drug into healthy human subjects, the drug is usually tested for safety (adverse effects), dosage tolerance and pharmacologic action, as well as to understand how the drug is taken up by and distributed within the body. Phase 2 usually involves studies in a limited patient population (individuals with the disease under study) to:

 

·                   evaluate preliminarily the efficacy of the drug for specific, targeted conditions;

 

5



Table of Contents

 

·                   determine dosage tolerance and appropriate dosage as well as other important information about how to design larger Phase 3 trials; and

 

·                   identify possible adverse effects and safety risks.

 

Phase 3 trials generally further evaluate clinical efficacy and test for safety within an expanded patient population. The conduct of the clinical trials is subject to extensive regulation, including compliance with good clinical practice regulations and guidance.

 

The FDA may order the temporary or permanent discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time or impose other sanctions if it believes that the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial patients. We may also suspend clinical trials at any time on various grounds.

 

The results of the preclinical and clinical studies, together with other detailed information, including the manufacture and composition of the product candidate, are submitted to the FDA in the form of an NDA requesting approval to market the drug. FDA approval of the NDA is required before marketing of the product may begin in the U.S. If the NDA contains all pertinent information and data, the FDA will “file” the application and begin review. The FDA may “refuse to file” the NDA if it does not contain all pertinent information and data. In that case, the applicant may resubmit the NDA when it contains the missing information and data. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review. The FDA has agreed to certain performance goals in the review of new drug applications. Most such applications for non-priority drug products are reviewed within 10 months. The review process, however, may be extended by FDA requests for additional information, preclinical or clinical studies, clarification regarding information already provided in the submission, or submission of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy. The FDA may refer an application to an advisory committee for review, evaluation and recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect the facilities at which the product candidate is manufactured and will not approve the product candidate unless GMP compliance is satisfactory. FDA also typically inspects facilities responsible for performing animal testing, as well as clinical investigators who participate in clinical trials. The FDA may refuse to approve an NDA if applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied, or may require additional testing or information. The FDA may also limit the indications for use and/or require post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of a product. Once granted, product approvals may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.

 

The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and our product candidates may not be approved on a timely basis, if at all. The time and expense required to perform the clinical testing necessary to obtain FDA approval for regulated products can frequently exceed the time and expense of the research and development initially required to create the product. The results of preclinical studies and initial clinical trials of our product candidates are not necessarily predictive of the results from large-scale clinical trials, and clinical trials may be subject to additional costs, delays or modifications due to a number of factors, including difficulty in obtaining enough patients, investigators or product candidate supply. Failure by us to obtain, or any delay in obtaining, regulatory approvals or in complying with requirements could adversely affect the commercialization of product candidates and our ability to receive product or royalty revenues.

 

Other Regulatory Requirements

 

After approval, drug products are subject to extensive continuing regulation by the FDA, which include company obligations to manufacture products in accordance with Good Manufacturing Practice, or GMP, maintain and provide to the FDA updated safety and efficacy information, report adverse experiences with the product, keep certain records and submit periodic reports, obtain FDA approval of certain manufacturing or labeling changes, and comply with FDA promotion and advertising requirements and restrictions. Failure to meet these obligations can result in various adverse consequences, both voluntary and FDA-imposed, including product recalls, withdrawal of approval, restrictions on marketing, and the imposition of civil fines and criminal penalties against the NDA holder. In addition, later discovery of previously unknown safety or efficacy issues may result in restrictions on the product, manufacturer or NDA holder.

 

We and any manufacturers of our products are required to comply with applicable FDA manufacturing requirements contained in the FDA’s GMP regulations. GMP regulations require among other things, quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation. The manufacturing facilities for our products must meet GMP requirements to the satisfaction of the FDA pursuant to a pre-approval inspection before we can use them to manufacture our products. We and any third-party manufacturers are also subject to periodic inspections of facilities by the FDA and other authorities, including procedures and operations used in the testing and manufacture of our products to assess our compliance with applicable regulations.

 

With respect to post-market product advertising and promotion, the FDA imposes a number of complex regulations on entities that advertise and promote pharmaceuticals, which include, among others, standards for direct-to-consumer advertising, promoting drugs for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the drug’s approved labeling (known as “off-label use”), industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and promotional activities involving the internet. Failure to comply with FDA requirements can have negative consequences, including adverse publicity, enforcement letters from the FDA, mandated corrective advertising or communications with

 

6



Table of Contents

 

doctors, and civil or criminal penalties. Although physicians may prescribe legally available drugs for off-label uses, manufacturers may not market or promote such off-label uses.

 

Changes to some of the conditions established in an approved application, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new NDA or NDA supplement before the change can be implemented. An NDA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing NDA supplements as it does in reviewing NDAs.

 

Adverse event reporting and submission of periodic reports is required following FDA approval of an NDA. The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase 4 testing, risk minimization action plans and surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product or place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product.

 

Outside the United States, our ability to market a product is contingent upon receiving marketing authorization from the appropriate regulatory authorities. The requirements governing marketing authorization, pricing and reimbursement vary widely from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. At present, foreign marketing authorizations are applied for at a national level, although within the European Union registration procedures are available to companies wishing to market a product in more than one European Union member state.

 

Competition

 

The biopharmaceutical industry is characterized by rapidly evolving technology and intense competition. Our competitors include major pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies focusing on GI such as Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Forest Laboratories, Inc., Takeda Pharmaceuticals America, Inc., Sucampo Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Salix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Shire Plc. Most of our competitors have financial, technical and marketing resources significantly greater than our resources. Academic institutions, governmental agencies and other public and private research organizations are also conducting research activities and seeking patent protection and may commercialize products on their own or through joint ventures. We are aware of certain development projects for products to prevent or treat certain diseases targeted by us. The existence of these potential products or other products or treatments of which we are not aware, or products or treatments that may be developed in the future, may adversely affect our ability to market the products we develop.

 

Research and Development Expenses

 

Research and development costs include expenditures for an in-house research and development laboratory, salaries and staff costs, application and filing for regulatory approval of proposed products, purchased in-process research and development, regulatory and scientific consulting fees, as well as contract services, including clinical trial related patient costs, drug formulation and tableting, data collection, monitoring, insurance and FDA consultants. Research and development expenses were $13,418,754 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $9,558,608 and $3,732,734 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Patents and Proprietary Rights

 

We are able to protect our technology from unauthorized use by third parties only to the extent that it is covered by valid and enforceable patents or is effectively maintained as a trade secret or is protected by confidentiality agreements. Accordingly, patents or other proprietary rights are an essential element of our business.

 

As of March 14, 2012 we have five issued United States patents. Two of these patents cover the composition-of-matter of plecanatide and were issued on May 9, 2006 and September 21, 2010; they will expire in 2023 and 2022, respectively.  A third patent covers the composition-of-matter of SP333 issued on February 1, 2011 and expires in 2028.  A fourth patent granted October 11, 2011 covers composition-of-matter of analogs related to plecanatide and SP333 and will expire in 2028.  A fifth patent granted February 14, 2012 covers a method of treating inflammatory bowel disease using plecanatide and will expire in 2022.  In addition, we have three granted foreign patents which cover composition-of-matter of plecanatide and expire in 2022. These foreign patents cover Austria, Belgium, Switzerland, Cyprus, Germany, Denmark, Spain, Finland, France, United Kingdom, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, Monaco, Netherlands, Portugal, Sweden, Turkey, Hong Kong, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyz Republic, Moldova, Russian Federation, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, and Japan.

 

Additionally as of March 14, 2012, we have 7 pending United States patent applications and 39 pending foreign patent applications covering plecanatide and SP-333 and various derivatives and analogs. In April 2010, two parties filed an opposition to our granted patent with the European Patent Office.  An opposition hearing was held December 14, 2011, which resulted in the European Patent Office issuing the following statement: “Account being taken of the amendments made by the patent proprietor during the opposition proceedings, the patent and the invention to which it relates are found to meet the requirements of the European Patent Convention  (Art.101(3)(a)EPC). “  In particular, the composition-of-matter claim covering plecanatide was upheld. In addition, we are aware that another pharmaceutical company has been issued a patent for the use of plecanatide for treatment of constipation or constipation predominant irritable bowel syndrome.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

Patents extend for varying periods according to the date of patent filing or grant and the legal term of patents in the various countries where patent protection is obtained. The actual protection afforded by a patent, which can vary from country to country, depends on the type of patent, the scope of its coverage and the availability of legal remedies in the country.

 

While trade secret protection is an essential element of our business and we have taken security measures to protect our proprietary information and trade secrets, we cannot give assurance that our unpatented proprietary technology will afford us significant commercial protection. We seek to protect our trade secrets by entering into confidentiality agreements with third parties, employees and consultants. Our employees and consultants also sign agreements requiring that they assign to us their interests in intellectual property arising from their work for us. All employees sign an agreement not to engage in any conflicting employment or activity during their employment with us and not to disclose or misuse our confidential information. However, it is possible that these agreements may be breached or invalidated, and if so, there may not be an adequate corrective remedy available. Accordingly, we cannot ensure that employees, consultants or third parties will not breach the confidentiality provisions in our contracts, infringe or misappropriate our trade secrets and other proprietary rights or that measures we are taking to protect our proprietary rights will be adequate.

 

In the future, third parties may file claims asserting that our technologies or products infringe on their intellectual property. We cannot predict whether third parties will assert such claims against us or against the licensors of technology licensed to us, or whether those claims will harm our business. If we are forced to defend ourselves against such claims, whether they are with or without merit and whether they are resolved in favor of, or against, our licensors or us, we may face costly litigation and the diversion of management’s attention and resources. As a result of such disputes, we may have to develop costly non-infringing technology or enter into licensing agreements. These agreements, if necessary, may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

 

Employees

 

As of March 14, 2012, we had 9 full-time and 1 part-time employees. We believe our employee relations are satisfactory.

 

Our Website

 

Our website address is www.synergypharma.com. Information found on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report. We make available free of charge through our website our Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, filings furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

 

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We are at an early stage of development as a company, currently have no source of revenue and may never become profitable.

 

We are a development stage biopharmaceutical company. Currently, we have no products approved for commercial sale and, to date, we have not generated any revenue. Our ability to generate revenue depends heavily on:

 

·                   demonstration in current and future clinical trials that our product candidate, plecanatide for the treatment of GI disorders, is safe and effective;

 

·                   our ability to seek and obtain regulatory approvals, including with respect to the indications we are seeking;

 

·                   the successful commercialization of our product candidates; and

 

·                   market acceptance of our products.

 

All of our existing product candidates will require extensive additional clinical evaluation, regulatory review, significant marketing efforts and substantial investment before they could provide us with any revenue. As a result, if we do not successfully develop and commercialize plecanatide, we will be unable to generate any revenue for many years, if at all. We do not anticipate that we will generate revenue for several years, at the earliest, or that we will achieve profitability for at least several years after generating material revenue, if at all. If we are unable to generate revenue, we will not become profitable, and we may be unable to continue our operations.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

We do not have any products that are approved for commercial sale and therefore do not expect to generate any revenues from product sales in the foreseeable future, if ever.

 

To date, we have funded our operations primarily from sales of our securities. We have not received, and do not expect to receive for at least the next several years, if at all, any revenues from the commercialization of our product candidates. To obtain revenues from sales of our product candidates, we must succeed, either alone or with third parties, in developing, obtaining regulatory approval for, manufacturing and marketing drugs with commercial potential. We may never succeed in these activities, and we may not generate sufficient revenues to continue our business operations or achieve profitability.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

We have incurred significant losses since inception and anticipate that we will incur continued losses for the foreseeable future. If we are unable to achieve and then maintain profitability, the market value of our common stock will likely decline.

 

As of December 31, 2011 we had an accumulated deficit of $69,609,018. We expect to incur significant and increasing operating losses for the next several years as we expand our research and development, continue our clinical trials of plecanatide for the treatment of GI disorders, acquire or license technologies, advance other product candidates into clinical development, including SP-333, seek regulatory approval and, if we receive FDA approval, commercialize our products. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with our product development efforts, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all. If we are unable to achieve and then maintain profitability, the market value of our common stock will likely decline.

 

We will need to raise substantial additional capital within the next year to fund our operations, and our failure to obtain funding when needed may force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs.

 

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 our operating activities used net cash of $21,231,254.  We expect to continue to spend substantial amounts to:

 

·                   continue clinical development of plecanatide to treat GI disorders;

 

·                   continue development of other product candidates, including SP-333;

 

·                   finance our general and administrative expenses;

 

·                   prepare regulatory approval applications for plecanatide and other product candidates, including SP-333;

 

·                   license or acquire additional technologies;

 

·                   launch and commercialize our product candidates, if any such product candidates receive regulatory approval; and

 

·                   develop and implement sales, marketing and distribution capabilities.

 

We will be required to raise additional capital within the next year to continue the development and commercialization of our current product candidates and to continue to fund operations at the current cash expenditure levels. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

 

·                   the rate of progress and cost of our clinical trials and other development activities;

 

·                   any future decisions we may make about the scope and prioritization of the programs we pursue;

 

·                   the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

 

·                   the costs and timing of regulatory approval;

 

·                   the costs of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;

 

·                   the effect of competing technological and market developments;

 

·                   the terms and timing of any collaborative, licensing and other arrangements that we may establish; and

 

·                   general market conditions for offerings from biopharmaceutical companies.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

Worldwide economic conditions and the international equity and credit markets have recently significantly deteriorated and may remain depressed for the foreseeable future. These developments could make it more difficult for us to obtain additional equity or credit financing, when needed.

 

We cannot be certain that funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. To the extent that we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience significant dilution. Any debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants that impact our ability to conduct our business. If we are unable to raise additional capital when required or on acceptable terms, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development and/or commercialization of one or more of our product candidates. We also may be required to:

 

·                   seek collaborators for our product candidates at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable and on terms that are less favorable than might otherwise be available; and/or

 

·                   relinquish license or otherwise dispose of rights to technologies, product candidates or products that we would otherwise seek to develop or commercialize ourselves on unfavorable terms.

 

We are largely dependent on the success of our lead product candidate, plecanatide, and we cannot be certain that this product candidate will receive regulatory approval or be successfully commercialized.

 

We currently have no products for sale, and we cannot guarantee that we will ever have any drug products approved for sale. We and our product candidates are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and comparable regulatory authorities in other countries governing, among other things, research, testing, clinical trials, manufacturing, labeling, promotion, selling, adverse event reporting and recordkeeping. We are not permitted to market any of our product candidates in the United States until we receive approval of a new drug application, or NDA, for a product candidate from the FDA or the equivalent approval from a foreign regulatory authority. Obtaining FDA approval is a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process. We currently have one lead product candidate, plecanatide for the treatment of GI disorders, and the success of our business currently depends on its successful development, approval and commercialization. This product candidate has not completed the clinical development process; therefore, we have not yet submitted an NDA or foreign equivalent or received marketing approval for this product candidate anywhere in the world.

 

The clinical development program for plecanatide may not lead to commercial products for a number of reasons, including if we fail to obtain necessary approvals from the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities because our clinical trials fail to demonstrate to their satisfaction that this product candidate is safe and effective. We may also fail to obtain the necessary approvals if we have inadequate financial or other resources to advance our product candidates through the clinical trial process. Any failure or delay in completing clinical trials or obtaining regulatory approval for plecanatide in a timely manner would have a material adverse impact on our business and our stock price.

 

We will need to obtain FDA approval of any proposed product brand names, and any failure or delay associated with such approval may adversely impact our business.

 

Any brand names we intend to use for our product candidates will require approval from the FDA regardless of whether we have secured a formal trademark registration from the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or the PTO. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product brand names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names. The FDA may also object to a product brand name if it believes the name inappropriately implies medical claims. If the FDA objects to any of our proposed product brand names, we may be required to adopt an alternative brand name for our product candidates. If we adopt an alternative brand name, we would lose the benefit of our existing trademark applications for such product candidate and may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable product brand name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA. We may be unable to build a successful brand identity for a new trademark in a timely manner or at all, which would limit our ability to commercialize our product candidates.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm has expressed doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, which may hinder our ability to obtain future financing.

 

Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011 were prepared under the assumption that we will continue as a going concern for the next twelve months. Our independent registered public accounting firm has issued a report that included an explanatory paragraph referring to our recurring losses from operations and expressing substantial doubt in our ability to continue as a going concern without additional capital becoming available. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to obtain additional equity or debt financing, attain further operating efficiencies, reduce expenditures, and, ultimately, to generate revenue. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly.

 

We expect our operating results to be subject to quarterly fluctuations. Our net loss and other operating results will be affected by numerous factors, including:

 

·                   variations in the level of expenses related to our development programs;

 

·                   addition or termination of clinical trials;

 

·                   any intellectual property infringement lawsuit in which we may become involved;

 

·                   regulatory developments affecting our product candidates;

 

·                   our execution of any collaborative, licensing or similar arrangements, and the timing of payments we may make or receive under these arrangements; and

 

·                if plecanatide receives regulatory approval, the level of underlying demand for that product and wholesalers’ buying patterns.

 

If our quarterly operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Furthermore, any quarterly fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially.

 

A substantial amount of our common stock is owned by a single stockholder, and it may therefore be able to substantially control our management and affairs.

 

Callisto Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Callisto, owns approximately 41.10% of our outstanding common stock as of March 15, 2012. Therefore, Callisto will have substantial influence over any election of our directors and our operations. It should also be noted that for the most part, authorization to modify our Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, requires only majority stockholder consent and approval to modify our amended and restated By-Laws requires authorization of only a majority of the board of directors. This concentration of ownership could also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in our control.

 

Our management overlaps substantially with the management and beneficial owners of our principal stockholder, which may give rise to potential conflicts of interest.

 

Several of our executive officers and directors are also officers and/or directors of our principal stockholder, Callisto, and certain of such executive officers and directors are, in turn, the principal stockholders of Callisto. Accordingly, there may be inherent, albeit non-specific, potential conflicts involved in the participation by members of each company’s management, audit committee, compensation committee, nominating committee and other applicable board committees which will oversee questions of possible conflicts of interest and compensation, notwithstanding an effort to appoint independent directors that do not have these inherent conflicts. In addition, as a matter of practicality, efficiency and appropriate accounting, the costs of certain service (including salaries of executive officers) are allocated, which creates inter-company obligations.

 

Clinical trials involve a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results.

 

In order to receive regulatory approval for the commercialization of our product candidates, we must conduct, at our own expense, extensive clinical trials to demonstrate safety and efficacy of these product candidates for the intended indication of use. Clinical testing is expensive, can take many years to complete, if at all, and its outcome is uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process.

 

The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials of new drugs do not necessarily predict the results of later-stage clinical trials. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show safety and efficacy sufficient to support intended use claims despite having progressed through initial clinical testing. The data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates may not be sufficient to support the filing of an NDA or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere. Because of the uncertainties associated with drug development and regulatory approval, we cannot determine if or when we will have an approved product for commercialization or achieve sales or profits.

 

Delays in clinical testing could result in increased costs to us and delay our ability to generate revenue.

 

We may experience delays in clinical testing of our product candidates. We do not know whether planned clinical trials will begin on time, will need to be redesigned or will be completed on schedule, if at all. Clinical trials can be delayed for a variety of reasons, including delays in

 

12



Table of Contents

 

obtaining regulatory approval to commence a clinical trial, in securing clinical trial agreements with prospective sites with acceptable terms, in obtaining institutional review board approval to conduct a clinical trial at a prospective site, in recruiting patients to participate in a clinical trial or in obtaining sufficient supplies of clinical trial materials. Many factors affect patient enrollment, including the size of the patient population, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, the eligibility criteria for the clinical trial, competing clinical trials and new drugs approved for the conditions we are investigating. Clinical investigators will need to decide whether to offer their patients enrollment in clinical trials of our product candidates versus treating these patients with commercially available drugs that have established safety and efficacy profiles. Any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product development and approval process and delay our ability to generate revenue.

 

The FDA’s expectations for clinical trials may change over time, complicating the process of obtaining evidence to support approval of our product candidates.

 

In March 2010, the FDA’s Center for Drugs Evaluation and Research, or CDER, released a draft guidance entitled: “Irritable Bowel Syndrome—Clinical Evaluation of Products for Treatment” to assist the product sponsors developing new drugs for the treatment of IBS. In pertinent part, this document provides recommendations for IBS clinical trial design and endpoints, and describes the need for the future development of patient-reported outcome, or PRO, instruments for use in IBS clinical trials. The clinical trials we have planned for plecanatide are designed to follow the recommendations included in this draft guidance. We cannot predict when the draft guidance will be finalized and, if it is finalized, whether the final version will include the same recommendations, or whether our currently planned clinical trials of plecanatide will meet the final recommendations.

 

When finalized, the guidance document will represent the FDA’s thinking on the clinical evaluation of products for the treatment of IBS. FDA guidance documents, however, do not establish legally enforceable requirements, should be viewed only as recommendations, and may be changed at any time. Therefore, even insofar as we intend to follow the recommendations provided in the draft guidance document and the final guidance document when revealed, we cannot be sure that the FDA will accept the results of our clinical research even if such research follows the recommendations in the guidance document.

 

We may be required to suspend or discontinue clinical trials due to unexpected side effects or other safety risks that could preclude approval of our product candidates.

 

Our clinical trials may be suspended at any time for a number of reasons. For example, we may voluntarily suspend or terminate our clinical trials if at any time we believe that they present an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial patients. In addition, the FDA or other regulatory agencies may order the temporary or permanent discontinuation of our clinical trials at any time if they believe that the clinical trials are not being conducted in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements or that they present an unacceptable safety risk to the clinical trial patients.

 

Administering any product candidate to humans may produce undesirable side effects. These side effects could interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials of our product candidates and could result in the FDA or other regulatory authorities denying further development or approval of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. Ultimately, some or all of our product candidates may prove to be unsafe for human use. Moreover, we could be subject to significant liability if any volunteer or patient suffers, or appears to suffer, adverse health effects as a result of participating in our clinical trials.

 

If we fail to comply with healthcare regulations, we could face substantial penalties and our business, operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

As a developer of pharmaceuticals, even though we do not intend to make referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payers, certain federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse and patients’ rights are and will be applicable to our business. We could be subject to healthcare fraud and abuse laws and patient privacy laws of both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The laws include:

 

·                   the federal healthcare program anti-kickback law, which prohibits, among other things, persons from soliciting, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce either the referral of an individual, for an item or service or the purchasing or ordering of a good or service, for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

 

·                   federal false claims laws which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent, and which may apply to entities like us which provide coding and billing information to customers;

 

13



Table of Contents

 

·                   the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, which prohibits executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters and which also imposes certain requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

·                   the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, which among other things, strictly regulates drug product marketing, prohibits manufacturers from marketing drug products for off-label use and regulates the distribution of drug samples; and

 

·                   state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payer, including commercial insurers, and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by federal laws, thus complicating compliance efforts.

 

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Although compliance programs can mitigate the risk of investigation and prosecution for violations of these laws, the risks cannot be entirely eliminated. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. Moreover, achieving and sustaining compliance with applicable federal and state privacy, security and fraud laws may prove costly.

 

If we are unable to satisfy regulatory requirements, we may not be able to commercialize our product candidates.

 

We need FDA approval prior to marketing our product candidates in the United States. If we fail to obtain FDA approval to market our product candidates, we will be unable to sell our product candidates in the United States and we will not generate any revenue.

 

The FDA’s review and approval process, including among other things, evaluation of preclinical studies and clinical trials of a product candidate as well as the manufacturing process and facility, is lengthy, expensive and uncertain. To receive approval, we must, among other things, demonstrate with substantial evidence from well-controlled clinical trials that the product candidate is both safe and effective for each indication for which approval is sought. Satisfaction of these requirements typically takes several years and the time needed to satisfy them may vary substantially, based on the type, complexity and novelty of the pharmaceutical product. We cannot predict if or when we will submit an NDA for approval for any of our product candidates currently under development. Any approvals we may obtain may not cover all of the clinical indications for which we are seeking approval or may contain significant limitations on the conditions of use.

 

The FDA has substantial discretion in the NDA review process and may either refuse to file our NDA for substantive review or may decide that our data are insufficient to support approval of our product candidates for the claimed intended uses. In addition, even if we obtain approval of an application to market our product candidates, the FDA may subsequently seek to withdraw approval of our NDA if it determines that new data or a reevaluation of existing data show the product is unsafe for use under the conditions of use upon the basis of which the NDA was approved, or based on new evidence of clinical experience, or upon other new information. If the FDA does not file or approve our NDA or withdraws approval of our NDA, it may require that we conduct additional clinical trials, preclinical or manufacturing studies and submit that data before it will reconsider our application. Depending on the extent of these or any other requested studies, approval of any applications that we submit may be delayed by several years, may require us to expend more resources than we have available, or may never be obtained at all.

 

We will also be subject to a wide variety of foreign regulations governing the development, manufacture and marketing of our products. Whether or not FDA approval has been obtained, approval of a product by the comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries must still be obtained prior to marketing the product in those countries. The approval process varies and the time needed to secure approval in any region such as the European Union or in a country with an independent review procedure may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. We cannot assure you that clinical trials conducted in one country will be accepted by other countries or that an approval in one country or region will result in approval elsewhere.

 

If our product candidates are unable to compete effectively with marketed drugs targeting similar indications as our product candidates, our commercial opportunity will be reduced or eliminated.

 

We face competition generally from established pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, as well as from academic institutions, government agencies and private and public research institutions. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Small or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large, established companies. Our commercial opportunity will be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize GI drugs that are safer, more effective, have fewer side effects or are less expensive than our product candidates.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

These potential competitors compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies and technology licenses complementary to our programs or advantageous to our business.

 

If approved and commercialized, plecanatide will compete with at least one currently approved prescription therapy for the treatment of CC and IBS-C, Amitiza. In addition, over-the-counter products are also used to treat certain symptoms of CC and IBS-C. We believe other companies are developing products that could compete with plecanatide should they be approved by the FDA. For example, linaclotide is being developed by Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. This compound is being co-developed with Forest Laboratories, Inc. and has completed Phase 3 clinical trials for CC and IBS-C. Another compound, velusetrag, is being developed by Theravance, Inc. and has completed Phase 2 clinical trials for CC. To our knowledge, other potential competitors are in earlier stages of development. If our potential competitors are successful in completing drug development for their product candidates and obtain approval from the FDA, they could limit the demand for plecanatide.

 

We expect that our ability to compete effectively will depend upon our ability to:

 

·                   successfully and rapidly complete clinical trials and submit for and obtain all requisite regulatory approvals in a cost-effective manner;

 

·                   maintain a proprietary position for our products and manufacturing processes and other related product technology;

 

·                   attract and retain key personnel;

 

·                   develop relationships with physicians prescribing these products; and

 

·                   build an adequate sales and marketing infrastructure for our product candidates.

 

Because we will be competing against significantly larger companies with established track records, we will have to demonstrate to physicians that based on experience, clinical data, side-effect profiles and other factors, our products are preferable to existing GI drugs. If we are unable to compete effectively in the GI drug market and differentiate our products from other marketed GI drugs, we may never generate meaningful revenue.

 

We currently have no sales and marketing organization. If we are unable to establish a direct sales force in the United States to promote our products, the commercial opportunity for our products may be diminished.

 

We currently have no sales and marketing organization. If any of our product candidates are approved by the FDA, we intend to market that product through our own sales force. We will incur significant additional expenses and commit significant additional management resources to establish this sales force. We may not be able to establish these capabilities despite these additional expenditures. We will also have to compete with other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to recruit, hire and train sales and marketing personnel. If we elect to rely on third parties to sell our product candidates in the United States, we may receive less revenue than if we sold our products directly. In addition, although we would intend to use due diligence in monitoring their activities, we may have little or no control over the sales efforts of those third parties. In the event we are unable to develop our own sales force or collaborate with a third party to sell our product candidates, we may not be able to commercialize our product candidates which would negatively impact our ability to generate revenue.

 

We may need others to market and commercialize our product candidates in international markets.

 

In the future, if appropriate regulatory approvals are obtained, we intend to commercialize our product candidates in international markets. However, we have not decided how to commercialize our product candidates in those markets. We may decide to build our own sales force or sell our products through third parties. Currently, we do not have any plans to enter international markets. If we decide to sell our product candidates in international markets through a third party, we may not be able to enter into any marketing arrangements on favorable terms or at all. In addition, these arrangements could result in lower levels of income to us than if we marketed our product candidates entirely on our own. If we are unable to enter into a marketing arrangement for our product candidates in international markets, we may not be able to develop an effective international sales force to successfully commercialize those products in international markets. If we fail to enter into marketing arrangements for our products and are unable to develop an effective international sales force, our ability to generate revenue would be limited.

 

If the manufacturers upon whom we rely fail to produce plecanatide and our product candidates, including SP-333, in the volumes that we require on a timely basis, or fail to comply with stringent regulations applicable to pharmaceutical drug manufacturers, we may face delays in the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

 

We do not currently possess internal manufacturing capacity. We currently utilize the services of contract manufacturers to manufacture our clinical supplies. With respect to the manufacturing of plecanatide, we are currently pursuing long-term commercial supply agreements with multiple manufacturers. Any curtailment in the availability of plecanatide could result in production or other delays with consequent

 

15



Table of Contents

 

adverse effects on us. In addition, because regulatory authorities must generally approve raw material sources for pharmaceutical products, changes in raw material suppliers may result in production delays or higher raw material costs.

 

We may be required to agree to minimum volume requirements, exclusivity arrangements or other restrictions with the contract manufacturers. We may not be able to enter into long-term agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we change or add manufacturers, the FDA and comparable foreign regulators may require approval of the changes. Approval of these changes could require new testing by the manufacturer and compliance inspections to ensure the manufacturer is conforming to all applicable laws and regulations, including good manufacturing practices, or GMP. In addition, the new manufacturers would have to be educated in or independently develop the processes necessary for the production of our product candidates. Peptide manufacturing is a highly specialized manufacturing business. While we believe we will have long term arrangements with a sufficient number of contract manufacturers, if we lose a manufacturer, it would take us a substantial amount of time to identify and develop a relationship, and seek regulatory approval, where necessary, for an alternative manufacturer.

 

The manufacture of pharmaceutical products requires significant expertise and capital investment, including the development of advanced manufacturing techniques and process controls. Manufacturers of pharmaceutical products may encounter difficulties in production, particularly in scaling up production. These problems include difficulties with production costs and yields, quality control, including stability of the product and quality assurance testing, shortages of qualified personnel, as well as compliance with federal, state and foreign regulations. In addition, any delay or interruption in the supply of clinical trial supplies could delay the completion of our clinical trials, increase the costs associated with conducting our clinical trials and, depending upon the period of delay, require us to commence new clinical trials at significant additional expense or to terminate a clinical trial.

 

We are responsible for ensuring that each of our contract manufacturers comply with the GMP requirements of the FDA and other regulatory authorities from which we seek to obtain product approval. These requirements include, among other things, quality control, quality assurance and the maintenance of records and documentation. The approval process for NDAs includes a review of the manufacturer’s compliance with GMP requirements. We are responsible for regularly assessing a contract manufacturer’s compliance with GMP requirements through record reviews and periodic audits and for ensuring that the contract manufacturer takes responsibility and corrective action for any identified deviations. Manufacturers of plecanatide and other product candidates, including SP-333, may be unable to comply with these GMP requirements and with other FDA and foreign regulatory requirements, if any. While we will oversee compliance by our contract manufacturers, ultimately we have no control over our manufacturers’ compliance with these regulations and standards. A failure to comply with these requirements may result in fines and civil penalties, suspension of production, suspension or delay in product approval, product seizure or recall, or withdrawal of product approval. If the safety of plecanatide or other product candidates is compromised due to a manufacturers’ failure to adhere to applicable laws or for other reasons, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize plecanatide or other product candidates, and we may be held liable for any injuries sustained as a result. Any of these factors could cause a delay of clinical trials, regulatory submissions, approvals or commercialization of plecanatide or other product candidates, entail higher costs or result in our being unable to effectively commercialize plecanatide or other product candidates. Furthermore, if our manufacturers fail to deliver the required commercial quantities on a timely basis and at commercially reasonable prices, we may be unable to meet demand for any approved products and would lose potential revenues.

 

We may not be able to manufacture our product candidates in commercial quantities, which would prevent us from commercializing our product candidates.

 

To date, our product candidates have been manufactured in small quantities for preclinical studies and clinical trials. If any of our product candidates is approved by the FDA or comparable regulatory authorities in other countries for commercial sale, we will need to manufacture such product candidate in larger quantities. We may not be able to increase successfully the manufacturing capacity for any of our product candidates in a timely or economic manner, or at all. Significant scale-up of manufacturing may require additional validation studies, which the FDA must review and approve. If we are unable to increase successfully the manufacturing capacity for a product candidate, the clinical trials as well as the regulatory approval or commercial launch of that product candidate may be delayed or there may be a shortage in supply. Our product candidates require precise, high quality manufacturing. Our failure to achieve and maintain these high quality manufacturing standards in collaboration with our third-party manufacturers, including the incidence of manufacturing errors, could result in patient injury or death, product recalls or withdrawals, delays or failures in product testing or delivery, cost overruns or other problems that could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Materials necessary to manufacture our product candidates may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which may delay the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

 

We rely on the third-party manufacturers of our product candidates to purchase from third-party suppliers the materials necessary to produce the bulk active pharmaceutical ingredients, or APIs, and product candidates for our clinical trials, and we will rely on such manufacturers to purchase such materials to produce the APIs and finished products for any commercial distribution of our products if we obtain marketing approval. Suppliers may not sell these materials to our manufacturers at the time they need them in order to meet our required delivery schedule or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. We do not have any control over the process or timing of the acquisition of these materials by our manufacturers. Moreover, we currently do not have any agreements for the production of these materials. If our manufacturers are unable to obtain these materials for our clinical trials, testing of the affected product candidate would be delayed, which may

 

16



Table of Contents

 

significantly impact our ability to develop the product candidate. If we or our manufacturers are unable to purchase these materials after regulatory approval has been obtained for one of our products, the commercial launch of such product would be delayed or there would be a shortage in supply of such product, which would harm our ability to generate revenues from such product and achieve or sustain profitability.

 

Our product candidates, if approved for sale, may not gain acceptance among physicians, patients and the medical community, thereby limiting our potential to generate revenues.

 

If one of our product candidates is approved for commercial sale by the FDA or other regulatory authorities, the degree of market acceptance of any approved product by physicians, healthcare professionals and third-party payors and our profitability and growth will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

·                   Demonstration of efficacy;

 

·                   Changes in the practice guidelines and the standard of care for the targeted indication;

 

·                   Relative convenience and ease of administration;

 

·                   The prevalence and severity of any adverse side effects;

 

·                   Budget impact of adoption of our product on relevant drug formularies and the availability, cost and potential advantages of alternative treatments, including less expensive generic drugs;

 

·                   Pricing and cost effectiveness, which may be subject to regulatory control;

 

·                   Effectiveness of our or any of our partners’ sales and marketing strategies;

 

·                   The product labeling or product insert required by the FDA or regulatory authority in other countries; and

 

·                   The availability of adequate third-party insurance coverage or reimbursement.

 

If any product candidate that we develop does not provide a treatment regimen that is as beneficial as, or is perceived as being as beneficial as, the current standard of care or otherwise does not provide patient benefit, that product candidate, if approved for commercial sale by the FDA or other regulatory authorities, likely will not achieve market acceptance. Our ability to effectively promote and sell any approved products will also depend on pricing and cost-effectiveness, including our ability to produce a product at a competitive price and our ability to obtain sufficient third-party coverage or reimbursement. If any product candidate is approved but does not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by physicians, patients and third-party payors, our ability to generate revenues from that product would be substantially reduced. In addition, our efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors on the benefits of our product candidates may require significant resources, may be constrained by FDA rules and policies on product promotion, and may never be successful.

 

Guidelines and recommendations published by various organizations can impact the use of our products.

 

Government agencies promulgate regulations and guidelines directly applicable to us and to our products. In addition, professional societies, practice management groups, private health and science foundations and organizations involved in various diseases from time to time may also publish guidelines or recommendations to the health care and patient communities. Recommendations of government agencies or these other groups or organizations may relate to such matters as usage, dosage, route of administration and use of concomitant therapies. Recommendations or guidelines suggesting the reduced use of our products or the use of competitive or alternative products that are followed by patients and health care providers could result in decreased use of our proposed products.

 

If product liability lawsuits are successfully brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates.

 

We face an inherent risk of product liability lawsuits related to the testing of our product candidates, and will face an even greater risk if we sell our product candidates commercially. Currently, we are not aware of any anticipated product liability claims with respect to our product candidates. In the future, an individual may bring a liability claim against us if one of our product candidates causes, or merely appears to have caused, an injury. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against the product liability claim, we may incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

·                   decreased demand for our product candidates;

 

17



Table of Contents

 

·                   injury to our reputation;

 

·                   withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

·                   costs of related litigation;

 

·                   initiation of investigations by regulators;

 

·                   substantial monetary awards to patients or other claimants;

 

·                   distraction of management’s attention from our primary business;

 

·                   product recalls;

 

·                   loss of revenue; and

 

·                   the inability to commercialize our product candidates.

 

We have clinical trial liability insurance with a $5,000,000 aggregate limit. We intend to expand our insurance coverage to include the sale of commercial products if marketing approval is obtained for our product candidates. Our current insurance coverage may prove insufficient to cover any liability claims brought against us. In addition, because of the increasing costs of insurance coverage, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or obtain insurance coverage that will be adequate to satisfy liabilities that may arise.

 

Our failure to successfully discover, acquire, develop and market additional product candidates or approved products would impair our ability to grow.

 

As part of our growth strategy, we intend to develop and market additional products and product candidates. We are pursuing various therapeutic opportunities through our pipeline. We may spend several years completing our development of any particular current or future internal product candidate, and failure can occur at any stage. The product candidates to which we allocate our resources may not end up being successful. In addition, because our internal research capabilities are limited, we may be dependent upon pharmaceutical and biotechnology and other researchers to sell or license products or technology to us. The success of this strategy depends partly upon our ability to identify, select, discover and acquire promising pharmaceutical product candidates and products. Failure of this strategy would impair our ability to grow.

 

The process of proposing, negotiating and implementing a license or acquisition of a product candidate or approved product is lengthy and complex. Other companies, including some with substantially greater financial, marketing and sales resources, may compete with us for the license or acquisition of product candidates and approved products. We have limited resources to identify and execute the acquisition or in-licensing of third-party products, businesses and technologies and integrate them into our current infrastructure. Moreover, we may devote resources to potential acquisitions or in-licensing opportunities that are never completed, or we may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such efforts. We may not be able to acquire the rights to additional product candidates on terms that we find acceptable, or at all.

 

In addition, future acquisitions may entail numerous operational and financial risks, including:

 

·                   exposure to unknown liabilities;

 

·                   disruption of our business and diversion of our management’s time and attention to develop acquired products or technologies;

 

·                   incurrence of substantial debt, dilutive issuances of securities or depletion of cash to pay for acquisitions;

 

·                   higher than expected acquisition and integration costs;

 

·                   difficulty in combining the operations and personnel of any acquired businesses with our operations and personnel;

 

18



Table of Contents

 

·                   increased amortization expenses;

 

·                   impairment of relationships with key suppliers or customers of any acquired businesses due to changes in management and ownership; and

 

·                   inability to motivate key employees of any acquired businesses.

 

Further, any product candidate that we acquire may require additional development efforts prior to commercial sale, including extensive clinical testing and approval by the FDA and applicable foreign regulatory authorities. All product candidates are prone to risks of failure typical of pharmaceutical product development, including the possibility that a product candidate will not be shown to be sufficiently safe and effective for approval by regulatory authorities.

 

Even if our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may still face future development and regulatory difficulties.

 

Even if U.S. regulatory approval is obtained, the FDA may still impose significant restrictions on a product’s indicated uses or marketing or impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-approval studies. Plecanatide and other product candidates, including SP-333, would also be subject to ongoing FDA requirements governing the labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, recordkeeping and submission of safety and other post-market information. In addition, manufacturers of drug products and their facilities are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with current good manufacturing practices, or GMP, regulations. If we or a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product or the manufacturer, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing. If we, our product candidates or the manufacturing facilities for our product candidates fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency may:

 

·                   issue warning letters;

 

·                   impose civil or criminal penalties;

 

·                   suspend regulatory approval;

 

·                   suspend any ongoing clinical trials;

 

·                   refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to applications filed by us;

 

·                   impose restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements;

 

·                   seize or detain products or request us to initiate a product recall; or

 

·                   pursue and obtain an injunction.

 

Drugs approved to treat IBS have been subject to considerable post-market scrutiny, with consequences up to and including voluntary withdrawal of approved products from the market. This may heighten FDA scrutiny of our product candidates before or following market approval.

 

Products approved for the treatment of IBS have been subject to considerable post-market scrutiny. For example, in 2007, Novartis voluntarily discontinued marketing Zelnorm (tegaserod), a product approved for the treatment of women with IBS-C, after the FDA found an increased risk of serious cardiovascular events associated with the use of the drug. Earlier, in 2000, Glaxo Wellcome withdrew Lotronex (alosetron), which was approved for women with severe diarrhea-prominent IBS, after the manufacturer received numerous reports of AEs, including ischemic colitis, severely obstructed or ruptured bowel, or death. In 2002, the FDA approved the manufacturer’s application to make Lotronex available again, on the condition that the drug only is made available through a restricted marketing program.

 

Although plecanatide is being investigated for IBS, plecanatide is from a different pharmacologic class than Zelnorm or Lotronex, and would not be expected to share the same clinical risk profile as those agents. Nevertheless, because these products are in the same or related therapeutic classes, it is possible that the FDA will have heightened scrutiny of plecanatide or any other agent under development for IBS. This could delay product approval, increase the cost of our clinical development program, or increase the cost of post-market study commitments for our IBS product candidates, including plecanatide.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

Even if our product candidates receive regulatory approval in the United States, we may never receive approval to commercialize them outside of the United States.

 

In the future, we may seek to commercialize plecanatide and/or other product candidates, including SP-333, in foreign countries outside of the United States. In order to market any products outside of the United States, we must establish and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other jurisdictions regarding safety and efficacy. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve product testing and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States. The time required to obtain approval in other jurisdictions might differ from that required to obtain FDA approval. The regulatory approval process in other jurisdictions may include all of the risks detailed above regarding FDA approval in the United States as well as other risks. Regulatory approval in one jurisdiction does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative effect on the regulatory processes in others. Failure to obtain regulatory approvals in other jurisdictions or any delay or setback in obtaining such approvals could have the same adverse effects detailed above regarding FDA approval in the United States. As described above, such effects include the risks that plecanatide or other product candidates may not be approved for all indications for use included in proposed labeling or for any indications at all, which could limit the uses of plecanatide or other product candidates and have an adverse effect on our products’ commercial potential or require costly post-marketing studies.

 

We rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to seek or obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates.

 

We have agreements with third-party contract research organizations, or CROs, under which we have delegated to the CROs the responsibility to coordinate and monitor the conduct of our clinical trials and to manage data for our clinical programs. We, our CROs and our clinical sites are required to comply with current Good Clinical Practices, or GCPs, regulations and guidelines issued by the FDA and by similar governmental authorities in other countries where we are conducting clinical trials. We have an ongoing obligation to monitor the activities conducted by our CROs and at our clinical sites to confirm compliance with these requirements. In the future, if we, our CROs or our clinical sites fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with product produced under cGMP regulations, and will require a large number of test subjects. Our failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

 

If CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to their failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our product candidates. As a result, our financial results and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase, and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed.

 

If we fail to attract and keep senior management and key scientific personnel, we may be unable to successfully develop our product candidates, conduct our clinical trials and commercialize our product candidates.

 

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific personnel and on our ability to develop and maintain important relationships with leading academic institutions, clinicians and scientists. We are highly dependent upon our senior management and scientific staff, particularly Gary S. Jacob, Ph.D., our President and Chief Executive Officer and Kunwar Shailubhai, Ph.D., our Chief Scientific Officer. The loss of services of Dr. Jacob or one or more of our other members of senior management could delay or prevent the successful completion of our planned clinical trials or the commercialization of our product candidates.

 

The competition for qualified personnel in the biotechnology and pharmaceuticals field is intense. We will need to hire additional personnel as we expand our clinical development and commercial activities. We may not be able to attract and retain quality personnel on acceptable terms given the competition for such personnel among biotechnology, pharmaceutical and other companies.

 

We will need to increase the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing growth.

 

We are a small company with 9 full-time and 1 part-time employees as of March 14, 2012. To continue our clinical trials and commercialize our product candidates, we will need to expand our employee base for managerial, operational, financial and other resources. Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain and integrate additional employees. Over the next 12 months depending on the progress of our planned clinical trials, we plan to add additional employees to assist us with our clinical programs. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize our product candidates and to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to manage any future growth effectively. To that end, we must be able to:

 

·                   manage development efforts effectively;

 

·                   manage our clinical trials effectively;

 

20



Table of Contents

 

·                   integrate additional management, administrative, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel;

 

·                   maintain sufficient administrative, accounting and management information systems and controls; and

 

·                   hire and train additional qualified personnel.

 

·                   We may not be able to accomplish these tasks, and our failure to accomplish any of them could harm our financial results and impact our ability to achieve development milestones.

 

Reimbursement may not be available for our product candidates, which would impede sales.

 

Market acceptance and sales of our product candidates may depend on reimbursement policies and health care reform measures. Decisions about formulary coverage as well as levels at which government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, reimburse patients for the price they pay for our products as well as levels at which these payers pay directly for our products, where applicable, could affect whether we are able to commercialize these products. We cannot be sure that reimbursement will be available for any of these products. Also, we cannot be sure that reimbursement amounts will not reduce the demand for, or the price of, our products. We have not commenced efforts to have our product candidates reimbursed by government or third party payers. If reimbursement is not available or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to commercialize our products.

 

In recent years, officials have made numerous proposals to change the health care system in the United States. These proposals include measures that would limit or prohibit payments for certain medical treatments or subject the pricing of drugs to government control. In addition, in many foreign countries, particularly the countries of the European Union, the pricing of prescription drugs is subject to government control. If our products are or become subject to government regulation that limits or prohibits payment for our products, or that subject the price of our products to governmental control, we may not be able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our products.

 

As a result of legislative proposals and the trend towards managed health care in the United States, third-party payers are increasingly attempting to contain health care costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement of new drugs. They may also refuse to provide any coverage of uses of approved products for medical indications other than those for which the FDA has granted market approvals. As a result, significant uncertainty exists as to whether and how much third-party payers will reimburse patients for their use of newly-approved drugs, which in turn will put pressure on the pricing of drugs.

 

Healthcare reform measures could hinder or prevent our product candidates’ commercial success.

 

The U.S. government and other governments have shown significant interest in pursuing healthcare reform. Any government-adopted reform measures could adversely impact the pricing of healthcare products and services in the United States or internationally and the amount of reimbursement available from governmental agencies or other third party payers. The continuing efforts of the U.S. and foreign governments, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payers of health care services to contain or reduce health care costs may adversely affect our ability to set prices for our products which we believe are fair, and our ability to generate revenues and achieve and maintain profitability.

 

New laws, regulations and judicial decisions, or new interpretations of existing laws, regulations and decisions, that relate to healthcare availability, methods of delivery or payment for products and services, or sales, marketing or pricing, may limit our potential revenue, and we may need to revise our research and development programs. The pricing and reimbursement environment may change in the future and become more challenging due to several reasons, including policies advanced by the current executive administration in the United States, new healthcare legislation or fiscal challenges faced by government health administration authorities. Specifically, in both the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the health care system in ways that could affect our ability to sell our products profitably.

 

For example, in March 2010, President Obama signed the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, or the PPACA. This law will substantially change the way health care is financed by both government health plans and private insurers, and significantly impact the pharmaceutical industry. The PPACA contains a number of provisions that are expected to impact our business and operations in ways that may negatively affect our potential revenues in the future. For example, the PPACA imposes a non-deductible excise tax on pharmaceutical manufacturers or importers that sell branded prescription drugs to U.S. government programs which we believe will increase the cost of our products. In addition, as part of the PPACA’s provisions closing a funding gap that currently exists in the Medicare Part D prescription drug program (commonly known as the “donut hole”); we will be required to provide a 50% discount on branded prescription drugs sold to beneficiaries who fall within the donut hole. Similarly PPACA increases the level of Medicaid rebates payable by manufacturers of brand-name drugs from 15.1% to 23.1% and requires collection of rebates for drugs paid by Medicaid managed care organizations. The PPACA also included significant changes to the 340B Drug Pricing Program including expansion of the list of eligible covered entities that may purchase drugs under the program. At the same time, the expansion in eligibility for health insurance benefits created under PPACA is expected to increase the number of patients with insurance coverage who may receive our

 

21



Table of Contents

 

products. While it is too early to predict all the specific effects the PPACA or any future healthcare reform legislation will have on our business, they could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

 

In addition, the Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 reformed the way Medicare covers and reimburses for pharmaceutical products. This legislation could decrease the coverage and price that we may receive for our proposed products. Other third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services. It will be time consuming and expensive for us to go through the process of seeking reimbursement from Medicare and private payors. Our proposed products may not be considered cost-effective, and coverage and reimbursement may not be available or sufficient to allow us to sell our proposed products on a profitable basis. Further federal and state proposals and health care reforms are likely which could limit the prices that can be charged for the product candidates that we develop and may further limit our commercial opportunity. Our results of operations could be materially adversely affected by the proposed healthcare reforms, by the Medicare prescription drug coverage legislation, by the possible effect of such current or future legislation on amounts that private insurers will pay and by other health care reforms that may be enacted or adopted in the future.

 

In September 2007, the Food and Drug Administration Amendments Act of 2007 was enacted, giving the FDA enhanced post-marketing authority, including the authority to require post-marketing studies and clinical trials, labeling changes based on new safety information, and compliance with risk evaluations and mitigation strategies approved by the FDA. The FDA’s exercise of this authority could result in delays or increased costs during product development, clinical trials and regulatory review, increased costs to assure compliance with post-approval regulatory requirements, and potential restrictions on the sale and/or distribution of approved products.

 

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to limitation.

 

Generally, a change of more than 50% in the ownership of a company’s stock, by value, over a three-year period constitutes an ownership change for U.S. federal income tax purposes. An ownership change may limit a company’s ability to use its net operating loss carryforwards attributable to the period prior to the change. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards to offset U.S. federal taxable income may become subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability for us. At December 31, 2011, we had net operating loss carryforwards aggregating approximately $60 million. We have determined that an ownership change occurred as of April 30, 2003 pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. In addition, the shares of our common stock that we issued from July 14, 2008 through July 8, 2010 have resulted in an additional ownership change. As a result of these events, our ability to utilize our net operating loss carry forwards is limited.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

If we fail to comply with the rules under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 related to accounting controls and procedures, or, if we discover additional material weaknesses and other deficiencies in our internal control and accounting procedures, our stock price could decline significantly and raising capital could be more difficult.

 

If we fail to comply with the rules under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 related to disclosure controls and procedures, or, if we discover material weaknesses and other deficiencies in our internal control and accounting procedures, our stock price could decline significantly and raising capital could be more difficult. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors addressing these assessments. If material weaknesses or significant deficiencies are discovered or if we otherwise fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal control, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Moreover, effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to helping prevent financial fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our business and operating results could be harmed, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, and the trading price of our Common Stock could drop significantly.

 

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

 

It is difficult and costly to protect our proprietary rights, and we may not be able to ensure their protection.

 

Our commercial success will depend in part on obtaining and maintaining patent protection and trade secret protection of our product candidates, and the methods used to manufacture them, as well as successfully defending these patents against third-party challenges. We will only be able to protect our product candidates from unauthorized making, using, selling, and offering to sell or importation by third parties to the extent that we have rights under valid and enforceable patents or trade secrets that cover these activities.

 

As of March 14, 2012 we have five issued United States patents. Two of these patents cover the composition-of-matter of plecanatide and were issued on May 9, 2006 and September 21, 2010; they will expire in 2023 and 2022, respectively. A third patent covers the composition-of-matter of SP333 issued on February 1, 2011 and expires in 2028. A fourth patent granted October 11, 2011 covers composition-of-matter of analogs related to plecanatide and SP333 and will expire in 2028. A fifth patent granted February 14, 2012 covers a method of treating inflammatory bowel disease using plecanatide and will expire in 2022. In addition, we have three granted foreign patents which cover composition-of-matter of plecanatide and expire in 2022. These foreign patents cover Austria, Belgium, Switzerland, Cyprus, Germany, Denmark, Spain, Finland, France, United Kingdom, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, Monaco, Netherlands, Portugal, Sweden, Turkey, Hong Kong, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyz Republic, Moldova, Russian Federation, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, and Japan.

 

Additionally as of March 14, 2012, we have 7 pending United States patent applications and 39 pending foreign patent applications covering plecanatide and SP-333 and various derivatives and analogs. In April 2010, two parties filed an opposition to our granted patent with the European Patent Office. An opposition hearing was held December 14, 2011, which resulted in the European Patent Office issuing the following statement: “Account being taken of the amendments made by the patent proprietor during the opposition proceedings, the patent and the invention to which it relates are found to meet the requirements of the European Patent Convention (Art.101(3)(a)EPC). “ In particular, the composition-of-matter claim covering plecanatide was upheld. In addition, we are aware that another pharmaceutical company has been issued a patent for the use of plecanatide for treatment of constipation or constipation predominant irritable bowel syndrome.

 

The patent positions of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology patents has emerged to date in the United States. The biotechnology patent situation outside the United States is even more uncertain. Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our issued patents or in third-party patents.

 

The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. For example:

 

· others may be able to make compounds that are competitive with our product candidates but that are not covered by the claims of our patents;

· we might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by our pending patent applications;

· we might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions;

· others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies;

 

23



Table of Contents

 

· it is possible that our pending patent applications will not result in issued patents;

· we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable; or

· the patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business.

 

We also may rely on trade secrets to protect our technology, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. While we use reasonable efforts to protect our trade secrets, our employees, consultants, contractors, outside scientific collaborators and other advisors may unintentionally or willfully disclose our information to competitors. Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is using our trade secrets is expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how.

 

We may incur substantial costs as a result of litigation or other proceedings relating to patent and other intellectual property rights and we may be unable to protect our rights to, or use, our technology.

 

If we choose to go to court to stop someone else from using the inventions claimed in our patents, that individual or company has the right to ask the court to rule that these patents are invalid and/or should not be enforced against that third party. These lawsuits are expensive and would consume time and other resources even if we were successful in stopping the infringement of these patents. In addition, there is a risk that the court will decide that these patents are not valid and that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the inventions. There is also the risk that, even if the validity of these patents is upheld, the court will refuse to stop the other party on the ground that such other party’s activities do not infringe our rights to these patents.

 

Furthermore, a third party may claim that we are using inventions covered by the third party’s patent rights and may go to court to stop us from engaging in our normal operations and activities, including making or selling our product candidates. These lawsuits are costly and could affect our results of operations and divert the attention of managerial and technical personnel. There is a risk that a court would decide that we are infringing the third party’s patents and would order us to stop the activities covered by the patents. In addition, there is a risk that a court will order us to pay the other party damages for having violated the other party’s patents. The biotechnology industry has produced a proliferation of patents, and it is not always clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of products or methods of use.  The coverage of patents is subject to interpretation by the courts, and the interpretation is not always uniform. If we are sued for patent infringement, we would need to demonstrate that our products or methods of use either do not infringe the patent claims of the relevant patent and/or that the patent claims are invalid, and we may not be able to do this. Proving invalidity, in particular, is difficult since it requires a showing of clear and convincing evidence to overcome the presumption of validity enjoyed by issued patents.

 

Because some patent applications in the United States may be maintained in secrecy until the patents are issued, patent applications in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions are typically not published until eighteen months after filing, and publications in the scientific literature often lag behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain that others have not filed patent applications for technology covered by our issued patents or our pending applications or that we were the first to invent the technology. Our competitors may have filed, and may in the future file, patent applications covering technology similar to ours. Any such patent application may have priority over our patent applications and could further require us to obtain rights to issued patents covering such technologies. If another party has filed a United States patent application on inventions similar to ours, we may have to participate in an interference proceeding declared by the PTO, to determine priority of invention in the United States. The costs of these proceedings could be substantial, and it is possible that such efforts would be unsuccessful, resulting in a loss of our United States patent position with respect to such inventions.

 

Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations.

 

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

 

The PTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent process. There are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, competitors might be able to enter the market earlier than would otherwise have been the case.

 

We have not yet registered trademarks for plecanatide in our potential markets, and failure to secure those registrations could adversely affect our ability to market our product candidate and our business.

 

We have not yet registered trademarks for plecanatide in any jurisdiction. Our trademark applications in the United States, when filed and any other jurisdictions where we may file may not be allowed for registration, and our registered trademarks may not be maintained or enforced. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections. Although we are given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the PTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions,

 

24



Table of Contents

 

third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. Failure to secure such trademark registrations in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions could adversely affect our ability to market our product candidates and our business.

 

Confidentiality agreements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of our trade secrets and other proprietary information and may not adequately protect our intellectual property, which could limit our ability to compete.

 

Because we operate in the highly technical field of research and development of small molecule drugs, we rely in part on trade secret protection in order to protect our proprietary trade secrets and unpatented know-how. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect, and we cannot be certain that others will not develop the same or similar technologies on their own. We have taken steps, including entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors, to protect our trade secrets and unpatented know-how. These agreements generally require that the other party keep confidential and not disclose to third parties all confidential information developed by the party or made known to the party by us during the course of the party’s relationship with us. We also typically obtain agreements from these parties which provide that inventions conceived by the party in the course of rendering services to us will be our exclusive property. However, these agreements may not be honored and may not effectively assign intellectual property rights to us. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally obtained and is using our trade secrets or know-how is difficult, expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States may be less willing to protect trade secrets or know-how. The failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive position.

 

We may be subject to claims that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

 

As is common in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industry, we employ individuals who were previously employed at other potential competitors. Although no claims against us are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that these employees or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

Risks Related to Our Stock

 

The market price of the common stock may be volatile and adversely affected by several factors.

 

The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly in response to various factors and events, including:

 

·                   our ability to integrate operations, technology, products and services;

 

·                   our ability to execute our business plan;

 

·                   announcements concerning product development results, including clinical trial results, or intellectual property rights of others;

 

litigation or public concern about the safety of our potential products;
our issuance of additional securities, including debt or equity or a combination thereof, which will be necessary to fund our operating expenses;

 

·                   announcements of technological innovations or new products by us or our competitors;

 

·                   loss of any strategic relationship;

 

·                   industry developments, including, without limitation, changes in healthcare policies or practices or third-party reimbursement policies;

 

·                   economic and other external factors;

 

·                   period-to-period fluctuations in our financial results; and

 

·                   whether an active trading market in our common stock develops and is maintained.

 

In addition, the securities markets have from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may also materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

We have not paid cash dividends in the past and do not expect to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any return on investment may be limited to the value of our common stock.

 

We have never paid cash dividends on our capital stock and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends on our capital stock will depend on our earnings, financial condition and other business and economic factors affecting us at such time as the board of directors may consider relevant. If we do not pay dividends, our common stock may be less valuable because a return on your investment will only occur if the common stock price appreciates.

 

A sale of a substantial number of shares of the common stock may cause the price of our common stock to decline.

 

If our stockholders sell, or the market perceives that our stockholders intend to sell for various reasons, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants the market price of our common stock could fall. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock may make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem reasonable or appropriate. We may become involved in securities class action litigation that could divert management’s attention and harm our business.

 

The stock markets have from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices for the common stock of biotechnology and biopharmaceutical companies. These broad market fluctuations may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because biotechnology and biopharmaceutical companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

 

None

 

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES.

 

Our corporate headquarters totals approximately 4,300 rentable square feet located at 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, and is subject to a lease which has a monthly rate of $16,414 and expires on March 31, 2012.  This facility is provided to us under a space sharing arrangement with Callisto Pharmaceuticals, Inc., our principal stockholder. We expect to extend this lease through March 31, 2014 at a small increase in our monthly rate . We also occupy a small laboratory and several offices, totaling approximately 1, 300 square feet, in the Bucks County Biotechnology Center in Doylestown, Pennsylvania under a lease expired August 31, 2012. We expect this will also be extended through 2014 in the near future.  Rent expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled $ 239,189 and $272,663, respectively.

 

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

 

On December 22, 2009, we, through our subsidiary, Synergy Advanced Pharmaceuticals, Inc., filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of the State of New York against CapeBio, LLC, CombiMab Inc. and Per Lindell alleging that defendants intentionally breached certain provisions of agreements previously entered into with us. We are requesting that the defendants be permanently restrained and enjoined from breaching such agreements and disgorging all compensation and any and all profits derived from their claimed misappropriation of plaintiff’s intellectual property.

 

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable

 

27



Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITES.

 

Market Prices

 

From August 11, 2008 until February 18, 2011, our common stock was quoted on the Over the Counter Bulletin Board under the symbol “SGYP.OB.” From February 22, 2011 until November 30, 2011 our common stock was traded on the OTC QB under the symbol “SGYP.” Since December 1, 2011 our common stock has been traded on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “SGYP”.

 

The following table shows the reported high and low closing prices per share for our common stock as reported on the Over the Counter Bulletin Board, the OTC QB and The NASDAQ Capital Market during the periods indicated.

 

 

 

High*

 

Low*

 

Year ended December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

 

$

16.90

 

$

11.20

 

Second quarter

 

$

22.00

 

$

14.60

 

Third quarter

 

$

15.00

 

$

5.00

 

Fourth quarter

 

$

10.10

 

$

6.00

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

 

$

10.98

 

$

5.72

 

Second quarter

 

$

8.90

 

$

6.00

 

Third quarter

 

$

8.70

 

$

4.10

 

Fourth quarter

 

$

4.68

 

$

3.35

 

 


*All per share amounts have been restated to reflect a one for two (1:2) reverse stock split effective November 30, 2011.

 

Holders of Common Stock

 

As of March 14, 2012, we had 98 holders of record of our common stock.

 

Dividends

 

Historically, we have not declared or paid any cash dividends to the holders of our common stock and we do not expect to pay any such dividends in the foreseeable future as we expect to retain our future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business.

 

Corporate Performance Graph

 

The following performance graph and related information shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.

 

The following graph compares the performance of our common stock to the NASDAQ Stock Market (U.S.) and to the NASDAQ Pharmaceutical Index from August 11, 2008 (the first date that shares of our common stock were publicly traded) through December 31, 2011. The comparison assumes $100 was invested after the market closed on August 11, 2008 in our common stock and in each of the foregoing indices, and it assumes reinvestment of dividends, if any.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

COMPARISON OF 41 month CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
Among the NASDAQ Stock Market (U.S.),
the NASDAQ Pharmaceutical Index,
and Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

Equity Compensation Information

 

The following table summarizes information about our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2011.

 

Plan Category

 

Number of Shares
of Common Stock
to be Issued
upon Exercise
of Outstanding
Options

 

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options

 

Number of Options
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation Plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
(c)

 

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Stockholders

 

5,964,039

 

$

1.77

 

2,035,961

 

Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Stockholders (1)

 

5,597,203

 

$

5.67

 

 

Total

 

11,561,242

 

 

 

2,035,961

 

 

On March 1, 2010, a majority of our shareholders acting by written consent approved an amendment to the Plan increasing the number of shares reserved under the Plan to 7,500,000 shares, giving effect to the one for two (1:2) reverse stock split effective on November 30, 2011.

 

As of December 31, 2011 there were 5,964,039 stock options outstanding under the 2008 Equity Compensation Incentive Plan, or Plan, and no options outstanding under the 2009 Directors Option Plan, or Directors Plan, with 1,535,961 stock options available for future issuance under the Plan and 500,000 stock options available for future issuance under the Directors Plan.

 


(1)  Consists of warrants issued in conjunction with sales of our common stock as well as for consulting and professional services.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data and has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, as well as consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and the reports thereon are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The information below should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes to such statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included below in Item 7. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(in thousands except for weighted average shares)

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Costs and Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

13,419

 

9,559

 

3,733

 

1,773

 

 

Purchased in-process research and development

 

 

 

 

28,157

 

 

General and administrative

 

6,746

 

6,562

 

4,467

 

1,799

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from Operations

 

(20,165

)

(16,121

)

(8,200

)

(31,729

)

 

Other income

 

363

 

494

 

 

 

 

Interest and investment income

 

90

 

108

 

75

 

5

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

Change in Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

5,257

 

297

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from Continuing Operations

 

(14,467

)

(15,222

)

(8,125

)

(31,724

)

 

Net Loss from Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

 

 

(32

)

(20

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss

 

$

(14,467

)

$

(15,222

)

$

(8,125

)

$

(31,756

)

$

(20

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss per common share, basic and diluted

 

$

(0.30

)

$

(0.34

)

$

(0.22

)

$

(0.54

)

$

 

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding (a)

 

47,598,240

 

44,875,356

 

36,640,664

 

59,300,248

 

82,540,608

 

 


(a)           Weighted average shares outstanding reflects retroactive change of a one for two (1:2) reverse stock split effective on November 30, 2011

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

13,245

 

$

1,708

 

$

7,153

 

$

216

 

$

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Working capital

 

11,561

 

(2,307

)

6,487

 

(1,172

)

(14

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

15,870

 

4,401

 

9,211

 

922

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

 

$

9,797

 

$

(4,099

)

$

7,484

 

$

(1,156

)

$

(11

)

 

30



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read this discussion together with the Financial Statements, related Notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The following discussion contains assumptions, estimates and other forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under “Risk Factors,” and elsewhere in this Form 10-K. These risks could cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.  On November 30, 2011 we filed a certificate of amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to effect a 1 for 2 reverse split of our common stock. On the effective date, each two shares of our outstanding common stock automatically converted into one share of common stock. All share and per share amounts have been restated for all periods presented to reflect this reverse stock split.

 

FINANCIAL OPERATIONS OVERVIEW

 

We are a biopharmaceutical company focused primarily on the development of drugs to treat gastrointestinal, or GI, disorders and diseases. Our lead product candidate is plecanatide (formerly called SP-304), a guanylyl cyclase C, or GC-C, receptor agonist, to treat GI disorders, primarily chronic constipation, or CC, and constipation-predominant-irritable bowel syndrome, or IBS-C. CC and IBS-C are functional gastrointestinal disorders that afflict millions of sufferers worldwide. CC is primarily characterized by constipation symptoms but a majority of these patients report experiencing bloating and abdominal discomfort as among their most bothersome symptoms. IBS-C is characterized by frequent and recurring abdominal pain and/or discomfort associated with chronic constipation. We are also developing SP-333, our second generation GC-C receptor agonist for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammatory diseases, such as ulcerative colitis, or UC.

 

On October 24, 2011, we initiated dosing of patients in a Phase II/III clinical trial of plecanatide to treat CC. This study is being conducted at 110 sites in the United States and is designed to enroll 880 patients with CC to insure we have 800 evaluable patients at the end of the study.  Patients will be treated with one of three doses of plecanatide (0.3, 1.0 or 3.0 mg) or placebo taken once daily over a period of 12 weeks.

 

From inception through December 31, 2011, we have sustained cumulative net losses of $69,609,018. We currently operate in one reportable business segment—human therapeutics.  Substantially all of our resources have been expended for the research and development of our product candidates.  From inception through December 31, 2011, we have not generated any revenue from operations and expect to incur additional losses to perform further research and development activities and do not currently have any commercial biopharmaceutical products. We do not expect to have such for several years, if at all.

 

Our product development efforts are thus in their early stages and we cannot make estimates of the costs or the time they will take to complete. The risk of completion of any program is high because of the many uncertainties involved in bringing new drugs to market including the long duration of clinical testing, the specific performance of proposed products under stringent clinical trial protocols, the extended regulatory approval and review cycles, our ability to raise additional capital, the nature and timing of research and development expenses and competing technologies being developed by organizations with significantly greater resources.

 

HISTORY

 

On July 14, 2008, Pawfect Foods Inc. (“Pawfect”), a Florida corporation incorporated on November 15, 2005, acquired 100% of the common stock of Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Synergy Advanced Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (collectively “Synergy-DE”), a Delaware corporation incorporated on September 11, 1992, under the terms of an Exchange Transaction among Pawfect, Callisto Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Callisto’), Synergy-DE, and certain other holders of Synergy-DE common stock (“Exchange Transaction”). For a more detailed discussion of this exchange transaction, see Item 8. Financial Statements—Note 3 Acquisitions and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit).

 

On July 21, 2008, Pawfect amended its articles of incorporation to effect the actions necessary to complete the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Transaction and changed its name to Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

Immediately following the Exchange Transaction Synergy discontinued its pet food business and is now exclusively focused on the development of drugs to treat GI disorders and diseases. Synergy acquired the GI drugs and related technology in connection with the Exchange Transaction.

 

On February 14, 2012, we entered into an agreement and plan of merger with our wholly-owned subsidiary, Synergy-DE for the purpose of changing our state of incorporation to Delaware from Florida. Pursuant to the merger agreement, we merged with and into Synergy-DE with Synergy-DE continuing as the surviving corporation.  Our directors and officers in office upon the effective date of the merger are the directors and officers of Synergy-DE, all of whom shall hold their directorships and offices until the election and qualification of their respective successors or until their tenure is otherwise terminated in accordance with the by-laws of Synergy-DE.  The Certificate of Merger was filed with the Secretary of State of Florida on February 15, 2012 and with the Secretary of State of Delaware of February 16, 2012.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Financial Reporting Release No. 60 requires all companies to include a discussion of critical accounting policies or methods used in the preparation of financial statements. Our accounting policies are described in Item 8. Financial Statements—Note 3 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and New Accounting Pronouncements . The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. We believe that the following discussion represents our critical accounting policies.

 

Research and Development

 

We do not currently have any commercial biopharmaceutical products, and do not expect to have such for several years, if at all and therefore our research and development costs are expensed as incurred. These include expenditures in connection with an in-house research and development laboratory, salaries and staff costs, application and filing for regulatory approval of our proposed products, purchase of in-process research and development, regulatory and scientific consulting fees, contract research payments to outside suppliers, clinical trial contractors as well as related drug substance formulation and manufacturing expenses.  While certain of our research and development costs may have future benefits, our policy of expensing all research and development expenditures is predicated on the fact that we have no history of successful commercialization of biopharmaceutical products to base any estimate of the number of future periods that would be benefited.

 

In June 2007, the EITF of the FASB reached a consensus on ASC Topic 730, Research and Development (“ASC Topic 730”). This guidance requires that non-refundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities should be deferred and capitalized. As the related goods are delivered or the services are performed, or when the goods or services are no longer expected to be provided, the deferred amounts are recognized as an expense. We adopted ASC Topic 730 on January 1, 2008 and the adoption did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010 we had $577,745 and $683,182, respectively, of such deferred amounts, which are included in prepaid and other current assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

We rely heavily on incentive compensation in the form of stock options to recruit, retain and motivate directors, executive officers, employees and consultants. Incentive compensation in the form of stock options and restricted stock units is designed to provide long-term incentives, develop and maintain an ownership stake and conserve cash during our development stage. Since inception through December 31, 2011 stock-based compensation expense has totaled $2,968,649, or 4.3% of our net loss from inception through December 31, 2011.

 

ASC Topic 718 “Compensation—Stock Compensation” requires companies to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for the award of equity instruments based on the estimated fair value of the award at the date of grant. The expense is to be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award. We did not issue stock options until the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

Share-based compensation is recognized as an expense in the financial statements based on the grant date fair value. Upon adoption of ASC Topic 718 “Compensation—Stock Compensation” , we selected the Black-Scholes option pricing model as the most appropriate model for determining the estimated fair value for stock-based awards. Use of a valuation model requires management to make certain assumptions with respect to selected model inputs. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock. Option term is based on the term used by similar public entities. The risk-free interest rate is based on observed interest rate appropriate for the expected term of our employee stock options.  Forfeiture rates are estimated based on our historical experience, at the time of grant.

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

We have adopted FASB ASC 820 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”) for financial assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are not required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximates fair value due to the relatively short maturity of these instruments.

 

ASC 820 provides that the measurement of fair value requires the use of techniques based on observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect our market assumptions. The inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:

 

·                   Level 1—Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

·                   Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations where inputs are observable or where significant value drivers are observable.

 

·                   Level 3—Instruments where significant value drivers are unobservable to third parties.

 

Warrants

 

We have issued common stock warrants in connection with the execution of certain equity financings. The fair value of certain warrants, deemed to be derivative instruments, is recorded as a derivative liability under the provisions of FASB ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”) upon issuance.  Subsequently the liability is adjusted to fair value as of each reporting period and the changes in fair value of derivative liabilities are recorded in the consolidated statement of operations under the caption “Change in fair value of derivative liabilities.”

 

The fair value of warrants deemed to be derivative instruments is determined using the Black-Scholes or Binomial option-pricing models using varying assumptions regarding volatility of our common share price, remaining life of the warrant, and risk-free interest rates at each period end. We thus use model-derived valuations where significant value drivers are unobservable to third parties to determine the fair value and accordingly classify such warrants in Level 3 per ASC 820. At December 31, 2011 and 2010 the fair value of such warrants was $3,325,114 and $3,487,959, respectively, which we classified as a long term derivative liability on our balance sheets.

 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010 we did not hold any Level 1 or Level 2 securities.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

We had no revenues during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 because we do not have any commercial biopharmaceutical products and we do not expect to have such products for several years, if at all.

 

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, research and development expenses increased $3,860,146 or 40% to $13,418,754 as compared to $9,558,608 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. This increase in research and development expenses was primarily attributable to initiating the Phase II/III clinical trial of our product candidate plecanatide and the pre-clinical development of SP-333. These clinical and preclinical expenses totaled approximately $10,844,000 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $5,484,000 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.  This increase was offset by lower manufacturing, formulation, testing and packaging of drug product, totaling approximately $1,025,000 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $2,625,000 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.

 

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, general and administrative expenses increased to $6,745,642, as compared to $6,562,658 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to higher compensation related expenses, partially offset by lower legal expenses.

 

Net loss for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 was $14,467,036 as compared to a net loss of $15,221,441 incurred for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. This decrease in our net loss of $754,405, or 5% was the result of higher research and development expenses discussed above, more than offset by a gain from the change in fair value of our derivative liability of $5,257,031, as compared to a gain of $296,784 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.

 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND DECEMBER 31, 2009

 

We had no revenues during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 because we do not have any commercial biopharmaceutical products and we do not expect to have such products for several years, if at all.

 

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, research and development expenses increased $5,825,874 or 156% to $9,558,608 as compared to $3,732,734 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2009. This increase in research and development expenses was entirely attributable to continuing the development of our plecanatide product candidate. These expenses included (i) procurement of drug substance, totaling approximately $2,625,000 as compared to $910,000 during the 12 months ended December 31, 2009 in support of ongoing and planned clinical trials, (ii) program expenses including animal studies, analytical testing and clinical data monitoring and patient costs of approximately $5,484,000, as compared to $1,956,000 during the 12 months ended December 31, 2009, (iii) scientific and regulatory advisory fees and expenses of approximately $346,000, as compared to $224,000 during the 12 months ended December 31, 2009, (iv) in-house staff salaries and wages, stock based compensation and employee benefits of approximately $1,103,000, as compared to $643,000 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 as we hired additional product development personnel.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, general and administrative expenses increased $2,095,369 or 47% to $6,562,658, as compared to $4,467,289 during the 12 months ended December 31, 2009. These expenses primarily include (i) higher facilities cost of approximately $886,000 as compared to $707,000 during the 12 months ended December 31, 2009, (ii) higher accounting, corporate legal and tax services of approximately $1,524,000, as compared to $959,000 during the 12 months ended December 31, 2009 due to filings of registration statements, (iii) consultants and advisors of approximately $2,266,000, as compared to $963,000 during the 12 months ended December 31, 2009, (iv) travel of approximately $252,000, as compared to $138,000 during the 12 months ended December 31, 2009 and (v) salaries and wages, stock based compensation and related employee benefits of approximately $1,633,000, which were $64,000 or 4% lower, as compared to $1,697,000 during the 12 months ended December 31, 2009.

 

Net loss for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 was $15,221,441 compared to a net loss of $8,125,100 incurred for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009. This increase in our net loss of $7,096,341, or 87% was a result of the increases in research and development and general and administrative expenses discussed above, partially offset by (i) a gain resulting from the change in fair value of our derivative liability of $296,784,(ii) a $244,479 Federal credit for our Qualifying Therapeutic Discovery Project under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 and $250,000 New York City Biotechnology refundable tax credit and (iii) higher interest income of $33,000 on higher related party balances.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

As of December 31, 2011, we had $13,244,883 in cash and cash equivalents, compared to $1,707,516 as of December 31, 2010. Net cash used in operating activities was $21,231,254 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $11,454,387 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. Net cash provided by financing activities for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 was $32,635,990, as compared to $6,710,870 provided during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.

 

As of December 31, 2011 we had working capital of $11,561,286, as compared to negative working capital of $2,307,290 on December 31, 2010.

 

Our working capital requirements will depend upon numerous factors including but not limited to the nature, cost and timing of pharmaceutical research and development programs. We will be required to raise additional capital within the next twelve months to complete the development and commercialization of current product candidates and to continue to fund operations at our current cash expenditure levels. To date, our sources of cash have been primarily limited to the sale of equity securities. We cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. To the extent that we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience significant dilution. Any debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants that impact our ability to conduct business. If we are unable to raise additional capital when required or on acceptable terms, we may have to (i) significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development and/or commercialization of one or more of product candidates; (ii) seek collaborators for product candidates at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable and on terms that are less favorable than might otherwise be available; or (iii) relinquish or otherwise dispose of rights to technologies, product candidates or products that we would otherwise seek to develop or commercialize ourselves on unfavorable terms.

 

Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011 have been prepared under the assumption that we will continue as a going concern. Our independent registered public accounting firm has issued a report on our financial statements that included an explanatory paragraph referring to our recurring losses from operations and expressing substantial doubt in our ability to continue as a going concern without additional capital becoming available. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to obtain additional equity or debt financing, attain further operating efficiencies and, ultimately, to generate revenue. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS

 

The following table is a summary of contractual cash obligations for the periods indicated that existed as of December 31, 2011, and is based on information appearing in the notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 

Total

 

Less than
1 Year

 

1-2 Years

 

3-5
Years

 

More
than
5 Years

 

Operating leases

 

$

49,243

 

$

49,243

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

Purchase obligations—principally employment and consulting services(1)

 

3,113,270

 

1,194,035

 

1,919,235

 

 

 

Purchase Obligations—Major Vendors(2)

 

1,496,569

 

1,496,569

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total obligations

 

$

4,659,082

 

$

2,739,847

 

$

1,919,235

 

$

 

$

 

 

34



Table of Contents

 


(1) Represents salary and bonus for remaining term of employment agreements with Gary S. Jacob, CEO, Bernard F Denoyer, Senior Vice President, Finance and consulting fees and bonus for remaining term of consulting agreement with Gabriele M. Cerrone, Chairman.

 

(2) Represents amounts that will become due upon future delivery of supplies, drug substance and test results from various suppliers, under open purchase orders as of December 31, 2011.

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

We had no off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2011.

 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2011-05”) which is intended to facilitate the convergence of U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as well as to increase the transparency of items reported in other comprehensive income. As a result of ASU 2011-05, all nonowner changes in stockholders’ equity are required to be presented in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The option to present other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity has been eliminated. ASU 2011-05 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and should be applied retrospectively. The Company expects to adopt this standard beginning in 2012. As ASU 2011-05 impacts presentation only, it will have no effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2011, FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” ASU 2011-04 amends Topic 820 to provide common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and International Financial Reporting Standards. Consequently, the amendments change the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements, as well as providing guidance on how fair value should be applied where its use is already required or permitted by other standards within U.S. GAAP. ASU No. 2011-04 is to be applied prospectively, and early adoption is not permitted. For public entities, the amendments are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-04 is not expected to have a material impact on our results of operations or our financial position.

 

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2011-11 provides for additional disclosures of both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. This scope would include derivatives, sale and repurchase agreements and reverse sale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending arrangements. The amendments in this Update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods, and disclosures required by these amendments should be provided retrospectively for all comparative periods presented.

 

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, "Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05." ASU 2011-12 defers the specific requirement to present items that are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income separately with their respective components of net income and other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-12 did not defer the requirement to report comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive financial statements. The amendments are effective at the same time as the amendments in ASU 2011-05.

 

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, a substantial portion of our cash and cash equivalents consists of short term, highly liquid investments in money market funds managed by commercial banks.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Our primary exposure to market risk is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of interest rates, particularly because our investments are in short-term money marketable funds. Due to the short-term duration of our investment portfolio and the relatively low risk profile of our investments, a sudden change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio, nor our operating results or cash flows.

 

Recently, there has been concern in the credit markets regarding the value of a variety of mortgage-backed and auction rate securities and the resulting effect on various securities markets. We do not hold any auction rate securities. We do not believe our cash, and cash equivalents investments have significant risk of default or illiquidity, however, we maintain significant amounts of cash and cash equivalents at one or more financial institutions that are in excess of federally insured limits. Given the current instability of financial institutions, we cannot provide assurance that we will not experience losses on these deposits.

 

Our capital lease obligations bear interest at a fixed rate and therefore these leases have no exposure to changes in interest rates.

 

Foreign Currency Risk

 

We have no operations outside the U.S. and do not hold any foreign currency denominated financial instruments.

 

Effects of Inflation

 

We do not believe that inflation and changing prices during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 had a significant impact on our results of operations.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

 

The full text of our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and for the period from November 15, 2005 (inception) to December 31, 2011, begins on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

 

a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2011. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.  Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective, at the reasonable assurance level, in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

 

b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for our company. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, a company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

(1)   pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;

 

(2)   provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and

 

(3)   provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

 

We conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, we conclude that, at December 31, 2011, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

 

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2011 has been audited by BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

As required by Rule 13a-15(d) of the Exchange Act, our management, including our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, conducted an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting to determine whether any changes occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded there were no such changes during the quarter ended December 31, 2011.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Board of Directors and Stockholders
Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

New York, New York

 

We have audited Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ (a development stage Company) (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (Item 9A). Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the COSO criteria.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 and for the period from November 15, 2005 (inception) to December 31, 2011 and the related consolidated statement of stockholders equity (deficit) for the period from November 15, 2005 (inception) to December 31, 2011 and our report dated March 15, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

 

/s/BDO USA, LLP

 

New York, New York

 

March 15, 2012

 

 

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION.

 

None.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the directors and executive officers of Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. as of March 14, 2012:

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Gary S. Jacob

 

64

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Kunwar Shailubhai

 

54

 

Chief Scientific Officer

Bernard F. Denoyer

 

64

 

Senior Vice President, Finance, Secretary

Gabriele M. Cerrone

 

39

 

Chairman, Director

Melvin K. Spigelman

 

63

 

Director

John P. Brancaccio

 

64

 

Director

Thomas H. Adams

 

69

 

Director

Christopher McGuigan

 

53

 

Director

Alan F. Joslyn

 

53

 

Director

 

Gary S. Jacob, Ph.D. has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of the Company since July 2008 and as Chairman of Synergy DE from October 2003 until July 2008. Dr. Jacob currently serves as Chief Executive Officer and a director of Callisto Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a principal stockholder of our company, and a director of TrovaGene, Inc. (formerly Xenomics, Inc.), a diagnostics company. Dr. Jacob served as Chief Scientific Officer of Synergy DE from 1999 to 2003. Dr. Jacob has over twenty-five years of experience in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries across multiple disciplines including research & development, operations and business development. Prior to 1999, Dr. Jacob served as a Monsanto Science Fellow, specializing in the field of glycobiology, and from 1997 to 1998 was Director of Functional Genomics, Corporate Science & Technology, at Monsanto Company. Dr. Jacob also served from 1990 to 1997 as Director of Glycobiology at G.D. Searle Pharmaceuticals Inc. During the period of 1986 to 1990, he was Manager of the G.D. Searle Glycobiology Group at Oxford University, England. Dr. Jacob’s broad management expertise in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries provides relevant experience in a number of strategic and operational areas and led to the Board’s conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

 

Kunwar Shailubhai, Ph.D., has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since July 2008. From March 2004 until July 2008 he served as Senior Vice President, Drug Discovery, of Synergy DE. From May 2003 until March 2004, Dr. Shailubhai served as Executive Vice President, Research and Development. From 2001 to April 2003, Dr. Shailubhai held the position of Vice President, Drug Discovery at Synergy DE where he was chiefly responsible for the preclinical development of our GC-C agonist program for drugs to treat colon cancer and GI inflammation. Between 1993 and 2000, he was with Monsanto Company, serving as Group Leader of the cancer chemoprevention group. Dr. Shailubhai previously served as a Senior Staff Fellow at the National Institutes of Health, and as an Assistant Professor at the University of Maryland. Dr. Shailubhai received his Ph.D. in microbiology in 1984 from the University of Baroda, India, and his M.B.A. in 2001 from the University of Missouri, St. Louis.

 

Bernard F. Denoyer has served as our Senior Vice President, Finance and Secretary since July 2008. Since December 2007, Mr. Denoyer has been Senior Vice President, Finance and Secretary of Callisto Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and from January 2004 to November 2007 Mr. Denoyer has served as Callisto’s Vice President, Finance and Secretary. From October 2000 to December 2003, Mr. Denoyer was an independent consultant providing interim CFO and other services to emerging technology companies, including Callisto and certain portfolio companies of Marsh & McLennan Capital, LLC. From October 1994 until September 2000, Mr. Denoyer served as Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President at META Group, Inc., a public information technology research company, where he was instrumental in their 1995 IPO. From 1990 to 1993 he served as Vice President Finance of Environetics, Inc., a pharmaceutical water diagnostic test business, acquired by IDEXX Laboratories, Inc.

 

Gabriele M. Cerrone has served as our Chairman of the Board of Directors and a consultant since July 2008. From March 1999 to January 2005 Mr. Cerrone served as a Senior Vice President of Investments of Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., a financial services firm. In May 2001, Mr. Cerrone led the restructuring of SIGA Technologies, Inc., a biotechnology company, and served on its board of directors from May 2001 to May 2003. Mr. Cerrone co-founded TrovaGene, Inc. (formerly Xenomics, Inc.), a diagnostics company, and served as Co-Chairman from July 2005 until November 2006. Mr. Cerrone also co-founded FermaVir Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biotechnology company, and served as Chairman from August 2005 to September 2007, when the company was acquired by Inhibitex, Inc., a biotechnology company. Mr. Cerrone served as a director of Inhibitex, Inc. from September 2007 until February 2012 when it was acquired by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company.  Mr. Cerrone currently serves as a director of TrovaGene, Inc. In addition, Mr. Cerrone is Chairman and a consultant to Callisto Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mr. Cerrone is the managing partner of Panetta Partners Ltd., a Colorado limited partnership that is a private investor in both public and private venture capital in the life sciences and technology arena as well as real estate. Mr. Cerrone’s experience in finance and

 

38



Table of Contents

 

investment banking allows him to contribute broad financial and strategic planning expertise and led to the Board’s conclusion that he should serve as a director of the company.

 

Melvin K. Spigelman, M.D. has served as a director of our company since August 2008. Since January 2009, Dr. Spigelman has served as President and CEO and from June 2003 to December 2008 as Director of Research and Development for the Global Alliance for TB Drug Development, a non-profit organization which seeks to accelerate the discovery and development of faster-acting and affordable drugs to fight tuberculosis. Dr. Spigelman was President of Hudson-Douglas Ltd, a consulting company, from June 2001 to June 2003. From 2000 to 2001, Dr. Spigelman served as a Vice President, Global Clinical Centers at Knoll Pharmaceuticals, a pharmaceutical unit of BASF Pharma, and from 1992 to 2000, Dr. Spigelman was the Vice President of Research and Development at Knoll. Dr. Spigelman has been a director of The Medicines Company since September 2005. Dr. Spigelman received a B.A. in engineering from Brown University and an M.D. from The Mount Sinai School of Medicine. Dr. Spigelman’s expertise in drug development and management qualifies him to serve as a director of our company.

 

John P. Brancaccio, a retired CPA, has served as a director of our company since July 2008. Since April 2004, Mr. Brancaccio has been the Chief Financial Officer of Accelerated Technologies, Inc., an incubator for medical device companies. From May 2002 until March 2004, Mr. Brancaccio was the Chief Financial Officer of Memory Pharmaceuticals Corp., a biotechnology company. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Brancaccio was the Chief Financial Officer/Chief Operating Officer of Eline Group, an entertainment and media company. Mr. Brancaccio is currently a director of Alfacell Corporation as well as a director of TrovaGene, Inc. (formerly Xenomics, Inc.) and Callisto Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mr. Brancaccio’s chief financial officer experience provides him with valuable financial and accounting expertise which the Board believes qualifies him to serve as a director of our company.

 

Thomas H. Adams, Ph.D. has served as a director of our company since July 2008. Since June 2005, Dr. Adams has served as a director of IRIS International, Inc., a diagnostics company, and as Chief Technology Officer of IRIS since April 2006. Dr. Adams served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Leucadia Technologies, a privately held medical-device company, from 1998 to April 2006, when Leucadia was acquired by IRIS. In 1989, Dr. Adams founded Genta, Inc., a publicly held biotechnology company in the field of antisense technology, and served as its Chief Executive Officer until 1997. Dr. Adams founded Gen-Probe, Inc. in 1984 and served as its Chief Executive Officer and Chairman until its acquisition by Chugai Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. in 1989. Before founding Gen-Probe, Dr. Adams held management positions at Technicon Instruments and the Hyland Division of Baxter Travenol. He has significant public-company experience serving as a director of Biosite Diagnostics, Inc., a publicly held medical research firm, from 1989 to 1998 and as a director of Invitrogen, a publicly held company that develops, manufactures and markets research tools and products, from 2000 to 2002. Dr. Adams currently serves as a director of Xifin, Inc., a private lab billing company and TrovaGene, Inc. (formerly Xenomics, Inc.). Dr. Adams holds a Ph.D. in Biochemistry from the University of California, at Riverside. Dr. Adam’s executive leadership, particularly in the healthcare field, and the extensive healthcare expertise he has developed qualifies Dr. Adams to serve as a director of our company.

 

Christopher McGuigan, M.Sc., Ph.D. has served as a director of our company since July 2008. Since 1995, Dr. McGuigan has been Professor of Medicinal Chemistry, Welsh School of Pharmacy, Cardiff University, UK. He is also Deputy Pro Vice-Chancellor Cardiff University, with responsibility for research. Dr. McGuigan is immediate past president of the International Society for Antiviral Research. Dr. McGuigan has over 200 publications and 20 patents. Dr. McGuigan has Chairman of Departmental Research Committee and Director of Research, Head of Medicinal Chemistry. Dr. McGuigan experience in developing new drug agents from discovery to human clinical trials qualifies him to serve as a director of our company.

 

Alan F. Joslyn, Ph.D. has served as a director of our company since October 2009.  Since August 2011, Dr. Joslyn has been a drug development consultant to Sentinella Pharmaceuticals.  From August 2009 to August 2011 Dr. Joslyn served as the Chief Executive Officer of Edusa Pharmaceuticals, a privately held biotechnology company. From 2007 to 2009, Dr. Joslyn served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Mt. Cook Pharma and as Senior Vice President of Research & Development at Penwest Pharmaceuticals from 2004 to 2007. From 1995 to 2004, Dr. Joslyn held a number of leadership positions within Johnson & Johnson focusing on development of gastroenterology products including Propulsid®, Motilium®, Aciphex® and prucalopride. Dr. Joslyn received his B.S. in medicinal chemistry, B.A. in biology and Ph.D. in biochemical pharmacology from the State University of New York at Buffalo. Dr. Joslyn’s extensive expertise in gastroenterology and product development qualifies Dr. Joslyn to serve as a director of our company.

 

Board Leadership Structure and Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

 

Since July 2008, we have separated the roles of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. Although the separation of roles has been appropriate for us during that time period, in the view of the board of directors, the advisability of the separation of these roles depends upon the specific circumstances and dynamics of our leadership.

 

As Chairman of the Board, Mr. Cerrone serves as the primary liaison between the CEO and the independent directors and provides strategic input and counseling to the CEO. With input from other members of the board of directors, committee chairs and management, he presides over meetings of the board of directors. Mr. Cerrone has developed an extensive knowledge of our company, its challenges and opportunities and has a productive working relationship with our senior management team.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

The board of directors, as a unified body and through committee participation, organizes the execution of its monitoring and oversight roles and does not expect its Chairman to organize those functions. Our primary rationale for separating the positions of Board Chairman and the CEO is the recognition of the time commitments and activities required to function effectively as Chairman and as the CEO of a company with a relatively flat management structure. The separation of roles has also permitted the board of directors to recruit senior executives into the CEO position with skills and experience that meet the board of director’s planning for the position who may not have extensive public company board experience.

 

The board of directors has three standing committees—Audit, Compensation and Corporate Governance/Nominating. The membership of each of the board committees is comprised of independent directors, with each of the committees having a separate chairman, each of whom is independent director. Our non-management members of the board of directors meet in executive session at each board meeting.

 

Risk is inherent with every business, and how well a business manages risk can ultimately determine its success. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of risks the company faces, while the board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role, the board of directors has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed.

 

The board of directors believes that establishing the right “tone at the top” and that full and open communication between executive management and the board of directors are essential for effective risk management and oversight. Our CEO communicates frequently with members of the board to discuss strategy and challenges facing the company. Senior management usually attends our regular quarterly board meetings and is available to address any questions or concerns raised by the board of directors on risk management-related and any other matters. Each quarter, the board of directors receives presentations from senior management on matters involving our areas of operations.

 

Director Independence

 

Our board of directors has determined that a majority of the board consists of members are currently “independent” as that term is defined under current listing standards of NASDAQ.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

Under the 2011 Directors Stock Option Plan, upon election to the Board, each non-employee and non-consultant director receives a grant of stock options vesting over three years and having an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant.

 

Non-employee and non-consultant directors also receive an annual cash fee of $15,000 as well as cash compensation for serving on board committees. Chairpersons of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance/Nominating Committee receive $10,000, $5,000 and $3,000, respectively and members of such committees receive $7,000 $3,000 and $1,500 respectively.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include: (i) reviewing the independence, qualifications, services, fees, and performance of the independent registered public accountants, (ii) appointing, replacing and discharging the independent auditors, (iii) pre-approving the professional services provided by the independent auditors, (iv) reviewing the scope of the annual audit and reports and recommendations submitted by the independent auditors, and (v) reviewing our financial reporting and accounting policies, including any significant changes, with management and the independent auditors. The Audit Committee also prepares the Audit Committee report that is required pursuant to the rules of the SEC.

 

The Audit Committee currently consists of John P. Brancaccio, chairman of the Audit Committee, Christopher McGuigan and Melvin K. Spigelman. Our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. Brancaccio, Mr. McGuigan and Mr. Spigelman is “independent” as that term is defined under applicable SEC and NASDAQ rules. Mr. Brancaccio is our audit committee financial expert. The board of directors has adopted a written charter setting forth the authority and responsibilities of the Audit Committee which is available on our website at www.synergypharma.com.

 

Compensation Committee

 

The Compensation Committee has responsibility for assisting the board of directors in, among other things, evaluating and making recommendations regarding the compensation of the executive officers and directors of our company; assuring that the executive officers are compensated effectively in a manner consistent with our stated compensation strategy; producing an annual report on executive compensation in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC; periodically evaluating the terms and administration of our incentive plans and benefit programs and monitoring of compliance with the legal prohibition on loans to our directors and executive officers.

 

The Compensation Committee currently consists of Thomas H. Adams, chairman of the Compensation Committee, Melvin K. Spigelman and John P. Brancaccio. Our board of directors has determined that all of the members are “independent” under the current listing standards of

 

40



Table of Contents

 

NASDAQ. The board of directors has adopted a written charter setting forth the authority and responsibilities of the Compensation Committee which is available on our web site at www.synergypharma.com.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

Corporate Governance/Nominating Committee

 

The Corporate Governance/Nominating Committee has responsibility for assisting the board of directors in, among other things, effecting board organization, membership and function including identifying qualified board nominees; effecting the organization, membership and function of board committees including composition and recommendation of qualified candidates; establishment of and subsequent periodic evaluation of successor planning for the chief executive officer and other executive officers; development and evaluation of criteria for Board membership such as overall qualifications, term limits, age limits and independence; and oversight of compliance with the Corporate Governance Guidelines. The Corporate Governance/Nominating Committee shall identify and evaluate the qualifications of all candidates for nomination for election as directors. Potential nominees are identified by the Board of Directors based on the criteria, skills and qualifications that have been recognized by the Corporate Governance/Nominating Committee. While our nomination and corporate governance policy does not prescribe specific diversity standards, the Corporate Governance/Nominating Committee and its independent members seek to identify nominees that have a variety of perspectives, professional experience, education, differences in viewpoints and skills, and personal qualities that will result in a well-rounded Board of Directors.

 

The Corporate Governance/Nominating Committee currently consists of John Brancaccio, chairman of the Corporate Governance/Nominating Committee, Thomas Adams and Christopher McGuigan. The Board of Directors has determined that all of the members are “independent” under the current listing standards of NASDAQ. The Board of Directors has adopted a written charter setting forth the authority and responsibilities of the Corporate Governance/Nominating Committee. A copy of this charter is available at our web site www.synergypharma.com.

 

Scientific Advisory Board

 

Andrea Brancale, Ph.D. is Senior Lecturer in Medicinal Chemistry at the Cardiff School of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences, Cardiff, Whales, UK.  He is an internationally recognized expert in computer-based drug design, with a focus on the use of computer-based techniques to understand biological problems and design novel potential drugs. Dr. Brancale is the Chemistry Editor of Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy and a Committee Chair of the International Society for Antiviral Research, and has more than 100 publications, including original papers in high impact scientific journals and conference proceedings.

 

Michael Camilleri, M.D., Ph.D. is a Professor of Physiology and Medicine at the Mayo Clinic, Minnesota, MN. He has contributed extensively to the fields of enteric neurosciences, motility, and inflammatory bowel diseases (IBD). Dr. Camilleri is on the editorial boards of a number of prestigious journals including Neurogastroenterology and Motility and American Neurogastroenterology and is President of the American Neurogastroenterology and Motility Society.

 

Douglas Drossman, M.D. is an Adjunct Professor of Medicine and Psychiatry, UNC School of Medicine, Division of Gastroenterology & Hepatology, and former Co-Director of the UNC Center for Functional GI & Motility Disorders. He is President of the Rome Foundation and Scientific Director and member of the Board of the International Foundation for Functional GI Disorders (IFFGD). He has published extensively in the field of gastroenterology, including the textbook Functional GI Disorders (Rome I, Rome II and Rome III)

 

Scott Plevy, M.D. is an Associate Professor of Medicine, Microbiology and Immunology at the University of North Carolina School of Medicine, Division of Gastroenterology & Hepatology. He is the Core Director of the Immunotechnology Core in the Center for Gastrointestinal Biology and Disease as well as the Director of the University of North Carolina Federation of Clinical Immunology Societies. Dr. Plevy has contributed significantly to the medical literature on Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis, and has been the principal investigator on numerous ulcerative colitis and Crohn’s disease clinical trials.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

We have adopted a formal Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all Board members, executive officers and employees.  A copy of that code is available on our corporate website at http://www.synergypharma.com. A copy of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will also be provided free of charge upon request to: Secretary, Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 420 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1609, New York, NY 10170.

 

Compliance With Section 16(A) of the Exchange Act

 

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires our officers and directors, and persons who own more than ten percent of a registered class of our equity securities, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Officers, directors and greater than ten percent stockholders are required by SEC regulation to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

 

Based on a review of the copies of such forms received, we believe that during 2011, all filing requirements applicable to our officers, directors and greater than ten percent beneficial owners were complied with.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation Committee Report

 

Under the rules of the SEC, this Compensation Committee Report is not deemed to be incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating this Annual Report by reference into any filings with the SEC.

 

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the following Compensation Discussion and Analysis with management. Based on this review and these discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the following Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Submitted by the Compensation Committee
Thomas Adams, Chairman
John Brancaccio
Melvin K. Spigelman

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

 

Overview

 

We compete with many other biotechnology companies in seeking to attract and retain a skilled work force. To meet this challenge, we have developed our compensation structure to enable our management to make decisions regarding our compensation programs, to manage these programs, and to effectively communicate the goals of these programs to our employees and stockholders.

 

Our compensation philosophy is to offer our employees compensation and benefits that are competitive and that meet our goals of attracting, retaining and motivating highly skilled employees so that we can achieve our financial and strategic objectives.

 

Utilizing this philosophy, our compensation programs are designed to:

 

·                   be “market-based” and reflect the competitive environment for personnel;

 

·                   stress our “pay for performance” approach to managing pay levels;

 

·                   share risks and rewards with employees at all levels;

 

·                   be affordable, within the context of our operating expense model;

 

·                   align the interests of our employees with those of our stockholders;

 

·                   reflect our values; and

 

·                   be fairly and equitably administered.

 

In addition, as we administer our compensation programs, we plan to:

 

·                   evolve and modify our programs to reflect the competitive environment and our changing business needs;

 

·                   focus on simplicity, flexibility and choice wherever possible;

 

·                   openly communicate the details of our programs with our employees and managers to ensure that our programs and their goals are understood; and

 

·                   provide our managers and employees with the tools they need to administer our compensation programs.

 

Elements of Our Compensation Program

 

As a total rewards package, we design our compensation program to enable us to attract and retain talented personnel. The individual elements of our compensation program serve to satisfy this larger goal in specific ways as described below.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

We design base pay to provide the essential reward for an employee’s work, and is required to be competitive in attracting talent. Once base pay levels are initially determined, increases in base pay are provided to recognize an employee’s specific performance achievements. Consistent with our compensation philosophy, we implement a “pay for performance” approach that provides higher levels of compensation to individual employees whose results merit greater rewards. Our managers typically make performance assessments throughout the year, and provide ongoing feedback to employees, provide resources and maximize individual and team performance levels.

 

We design equity-based compensation, including stock options, to ensure that we have the ability to retain talent over a longer period of time, and to provide optionees with a form of reward that aligns their interests with those of our stockholders. Employees whose skills and

 

We also utilize various forms of variable compensation, including cash bonuses that allow us to remain competitive with other companies while providing upside potential to those employees who achieve outstanding results.

 

Core benefits, such as our basic health benefits, are designed to provide a stable array of support to employees and their families throughout

 

The four key elements of our compensation structure are:

 

·                   base pay;

 

·                   variable pay;

 

·                   equity-based pay; and

 

·                   benefits.

 

Consistent with our compensation philosophy, we have structured each element of our rewards package as follows:

 

Base Pay

 

We create a set of base pay structures that are both affordable and competitive in relation to the market. We continuously monitor base pay levels within the market and make adjustments to our structures as needed. In general, an employee’s base pay level should reflect the employee’s overall sustained performance level and contribution to our company over time. We seek to structure the base pay for our top performers to be aggressive in relation to the market.

 

Our base pay structure originated as an outgrowth of the base pay already in effect for key Callisto Pharmaceuticals’ employees who transferred to Synergy Pharmaceuticals at the time it was separated from Callisto Pharmaceuticals in July, 2008. The personnel involved in this process include all of the present top management positions within Synergy—Chairman, Mr. Gabriele Cerrone; CEO, Dr. Gary S. Jacob; Senior Vice President of Finance, Mr. Bernard Denoyer; and Chief Scientific Officer, Dr. Kunwar Shailubhai.  Our Compensation Committee also used information made available to us by one of our board members. This information includes an independent Executive Compensation Assessment report prepared in March 2006 by Buck Consultants, an ACS company which provided useful comparative data for analyzing how our salaries compared with other peer companies, recognizing that the comparison of salaries needed to take into account an adjustment for the 2006 data collected for that report. Our comparison was based on a list of sixteen peer public biotechnology companies with market capitalizations ranging from $59.8 million to $403.6 million. These companies consisted of the following comparable biotechnology companies: Acusphere, Inc., Barrier Therapueutics, Inc., Corgentech Inc., Dendreon Corp., Emisphere Technologies, Inc., EpIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Favrille, Inc., Genta, Inc., Insmed, Inc., Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Neurogen Corporation, Praecis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Sirna Therapeutics, Inc., and Vion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

The independent Executive Compensation Assessment report that was used by the Compensation Committee for its analysis of internal compensation was prepared on March 16, 2006. Cash compensation data contained in the report had a common effective date of July 1, 2006. The Compensation Committee computed an adjustment to the data to bring it to “present day” using a 4.1% annual update factor. The “present day” data were then used for the subsequent comparative analyses of executive compensation for our management.

 

Based on data from the Executive Compensation Assessment report, the Compensation Committee was able to compare the overall compensation for the top management positions described above. This included the following compensation variables: 1) Base Salary, 2) Target Incentive (% of Salary), 3) Target Incentive ($), 4) Total Cash Compensation, 5) Long-term Incentives, and 6) Total Direct Compensation. The Compensation Committee chose to use the aggregate of the compensation variables for each management position that the comparative analysis was performed on. Using the data from the independent Executive Compensation Assessment report that covered the compensation variables, our Compensation Committee was able to compare those data with the overall compensation for our members of top management. This included separate analyses for: Chairman, CEO, Senior VP of Finance and Chief Scientific Officer, respectively. The analyses were guided by the principle that the Compensation Committee would position our compensation levels to be at or below the 50th percentile relative to the compensation levels in the “peer group”. Analyses showed this to be the case for all five members of the management team.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

All of our named executive officers were found to have overall compensation levels below those of the peer group.

 

Variable Pay

 

We design our variable pay programs to be both affordable and competitive in relation to the market. We monitor the market and adjust our variable pay programs as needed. Our variable pay programs, such as our bonus program, are designed to motivate employees to achieve overall goals. Our programs are designed to avoid entitlements, to align actual payouts with the actual results achieved and to be easy to understand and administer.

 

Equity-Based Rewards

 

We design our equity programs to be both affordable and competitive in relation to the market. We monitor the market and applicable accounting, corporate, securities and tax laws and regulations and adjust our equity programs as needed. Stock options and other forms of equity compensation are designed to reflect and reward a high level of sustained individual performance over time. We design our equity programs to align employees’ interests with those of our stockholders.

 

Benefits Programs

 

We design our benefits programs to be both affordable and competitive in relation to the market while conforming with local laws and practices. We monitor the market, local laws and practices and adjust our benefits programs as needed. We design our benefits programs to provide an element of core benefits, and to the extent possible, offer options for additional benefits, be tax-effective for employees in each country and balance costs and cost sharing between us and our employees.

 

Determining the Amount of Each Element of Compensation

 

Base Pay.     We provide our executive officers and other employees with base salary to compensate them for services rendered during the fiscal year. The Compensation Committee intends to compensate our executive officers competitively within the industry. The Compensation Committee considered the scope of and accountability associated with each executive officer’s position and such factors as the performance and experience of each executive officer when setting base salary levels for fiscal year 2011. With respect to executive officers other than Dr. Jacob, who is discussed below, the Compensation Committee targeted base salaries to be competitive with our peers within the biotechnology industry. In some circumstances it is necessary to provide compensation above these levels; these circumstances include the need to retain key individuals, to recognize roles that were larger in scope or accountability than standard market positions and/or to reward individual performance.

 

Salary levels are typically reviewed annually as part of our performance review process as well as upon a promotion or other change in job responsibility.

 

Variable Pay.     The Compensation Committee and the executive officer work together to establish targets and goals for the executive officer. Upon completion of the fiscal year, the Compensation Committee assesses the executive officer’s performance and with input from management determines the amount of variable pay to be awarded within the parameters of the executive officer’s agreement with us.

 

Equity-Based Pay.     The Compensation Committee may provide our executive officers with long-term incentive awards through grants of stock options. The Compensation Committee is responsible for determining who will receive awards, when awards will be granted, the exercise price of each stock option grant, and the number of shares of our common stock subject to each option. The Compensation Committee considers grants of long-term incentive awards to executive officers each fiscal year. Stock options enhance the link between the creation of stockholder value and long-term executive incentive compensation. Stock options provide our executive officers with the opportunity to purchase and maintain an equity interest in our company and to share in the appreciation of the value of our common stock. Additionally, stock options maintain a competitive level of total compensation. The Compensation Committee believes that stock options are inherently performance-based and are a form of at-risk compensation, as the optionee does not receive any benefit unless our stock price rises after the date that the option is granted, thus providing direct incentive for future performance. Stock option award levels are determined based on prevailing market practice and market data and vary among participants based on their positions within our company.

 

Our stock options typically have annual vesting over a three-year period and a term of ten years, in order to encourage a long-term perspective and to encourage key employees to remain with us. We also use performance based vesting in our option grants. Generally, vesting and exercise rights cease upon termination of employment. Prior to the exercise of an option, the holder has no rights as a stockholder with respect to the shares subject to such option, including voting rights and the right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents.

 

Timing of Equity Awards

 

Only the Compensation Committee may approve stock option grants to our executive officers. Stock options are generally granted at predetermined meetings of the Compensation Committee. On limited occasions, grants may occur upon unanimous written consent of the

 

44



Table of Contents

 

Compensation Committee, which occurs primarily for the purpose of approving a compensation package for newly hired or promoted executive. The exercise price of a newly granted option is the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant.

 

Executive Equity Ownership

 

We encourage our executives to hold a significant equity interest in our company. However, we do not have specific share retention and ownership guidelines for our executives.

 

Performance-Based Compensation and Financial Restatement

 

We have not considered or implemented a policy regarding retroactive adjustments to any cash or equity-based incentive compensation paid to our executives and other employees where such payments were predicated upon the achievement of certain financial results that were subsequently the subject of a financial restatement.

 

Severance and Change in Control Arrangements

 

Several of our executives have employment and other agreements which provide for severance payment arrangements and/or acceleration of stock option vesting that would be triggered by an acquisition or other change in control of our company. See “—Employment Agreements Control Arrangements” below for a description of the severance and change in control arrangements for our named executive officers.

 

Effect of Accounting and Tax Treatment on Compensation Decisions

 

In the review and establishment of our compensation programs, we consider the anticipated accounting and tax implications to us and our executives.

 

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a limit on the amount of compensation that we may deduct in any one year with respect to our chief executive officer and each of our next four most highly compensated executive officers, unless certain specific and detailed criteria are satisfied. Performance-based compensation, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, is fully deductible if the programs are approved by stockholders and meet other requirements. We believe that grants of equity awards under our existing stock plans qualify as performance-based for purposes of satisfying the conditions of Section 162(m), thereby permitting us to receive a federal income tax deduction in connection with such awards. In general, we have determined that we will not seek to limit executive compensation so that it is deductible under Section 162(m). However, from time to time, we monitor whether it might be in our interests to structure our compensation programs to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m). We seek to maintain flexibility in compensating our executives in a manner designed to promote our corporate goals and therefore our compensation committee has not adopted a policy requiring all compensation to be deductible. Our compensation committee will continue to assess the impact of Section 162(m) on our compensation practices and determine what further action, if any, is appropriate.

 

Role of Executives in Executive Compensation Decisions

 

Our board of directors and our Compensation Committee generally seek input from our Chief Executive Officer, Gary S. Jacob, when discussing the performance of, and compensation levels for executives other than himself. The Compensation Committee also works with Dr. Jacob and our Senior Vice President, Finance evaluating the financial, accounting, tax and retention implications of our various compensation programs. Neither Dr. Jacob nor any of our other executives participates in deliberations relating to his or her compensation.

 

Chief Executive Officer Compensation for Fiscal Year 2011

 

On May 2, 2011, Dr. Gary Jacob entered into a second amended and restated employment agreement with us in which he agreed to serve as Chief Executive Officer and President. The term of the agreement was effective as of August 1, 2008 and continues until December 31, 2014 and is automatically renewed for successive one year periods at the end of each term. Dr. Jacob’s current salary is $324,450 per year. Dr. Jacob is eligible to receive a cash bonus of up to 50% of his base salary per year based on meeting certain performance objectives and bonus criteria. Dr. Jacob is also eligible to receive a realization bonus in the event that we enter into an out-license agreement for our technology or enter into a joint venture in which we contribute such rights to the joint venture where the enterprise value equals or exceeds a minimum of $250 million during the term of the agreement or the license fees we contract to receive equals or exceeds $50 million. The realization bonus will be equal to the enterprise value in the case of a joint venture or the sum of the license fees actually received in the case of an out license, multiplied by 0.5%. In addition, in the event we engage in a merger transaction or a sale of substantially all of our assets where (i) our enterprise value at the time of the merger or sale equals or exceed $400 million and our stockholders prior to consummation of the merger or sale beneficially own less than 20% of the stock of the surviving entity after consummation of the merger or (ii) our enterprise value at the time of the merger or sale or 12 months after the merger or sale equals or exceed $250 million and our stockholders prior to consummation of the merger or sale beneficially own 20% or more of the stock of the surviving entity after consummation of the merge, Dr. Jacob shall receive a bonus in an amount determined by multiplying the enterprise value by 2.5%.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

The Compensation Committee believes that the amendments to Dr. Jacob’s employment agreement incentivize Dr. Jacob to the maximum extent possible to obtain the highest price possible for shareholders in the event of a sale or merger of our company. As of March 12, 2011, the Compensation Committee has made no changes to Dr. Jacob’s compensation for 2011.

 

2011 Bonus

 

On December 29, 2011, the Compensation Committee approved a $227,115 bonus for Dr. Jacob and a $223,330 bonus for Mr. Cerrone, each of which were 70% of such individual’s base salary for 2011. The Compensation Committee reviewed the following factors in determining the amount of the bonus awarded to each individual. Dr. Jacob’s employment agreement and Mr. Cerrone’s consulting agreement allows for an annual bonus equal to 50% of their base salary or base compensation, as the case may be. The Compensation Committee believed that each of Dr. Jacob and Mr. Cerrone did an outstanding job during 2011 in a challenging environment with limited resources and that accounted for the extra 20% bonus payment.

 

1.                Successful initiation of a Phase II/III clinical trial of plecanatide in CC patients.

 

2.                Recruiting key members of management such as Director of Clinical Operations.

 

3.                Certain plecanatide manufacturing milestones.

 

4.                Successfully execute a public offering raising substantial capital.

 

5.                Successfully move the trading of our common stock onto a national securities exchange.

 

In making its determination as to whether Dr. Jacob and Mr. Cerrone achieved their performance objectives for awarding 2011 bonus , the Compensation Committee looked at the above-mentioned performance objectives in totality and what the achievement of those performance objectives meant to us and our business. The Compensation Committee did not assign actual levels of achievement to each objective.

 

2012 Bonus Criteria

 

As of March 15, 2012, the Compensation Committee had not yet determined the performance criteria for Dr. Jacob’s and Mr. Cerrone’s 2012 bonus.

 

Compensation Risk Management

 

We have considered the risk associated with our compensation policies and practices for all employees, and we believe we have designed our compensation policies and practices in a manner that does not create incentives that could lead to excessive risk taking that would have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table provides certain summary information concerning compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our Chief Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and two other highest paid executive officers whose total annual salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 (collectively, the “named executive officers”) for fiscal year 2011.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

Name & Principal Position 

 

Year

 

Salary

 

Bonus

 

Option and Restricted
Stock Awards(1)

 

Total

 

Gabriele M. Cerrone

 

2011

 

$

 287,139

 

$

340,648

 

$

 1,244,126

 

$

1,871,913

 

Chairman

 

2010

 

280,250

 

1,397,762

(2)

11,712,727

(3)

13,390,739

 

 

 

2009

 

187,761

 

150,000

 

 

337,761

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gary S. Jacob

 

2011

 

 324,450

 

346,421

 

1,244,126

 

1,914,997

 

President, Chief Executive Officer

 

2010

 

285,000

 

189,000

 

11,712,727

(3)

12,186,727

 

and Director

 

2009

 

243,937

 

150,000

 

 

393,937

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kunwar Shailubhai

 

 2011

 

236,907

 

 168,556

 

622,063

 

1,027,526

 

Chief Scientific Officer

 

2010

 

220,000

 

 

2,364,795

(3)

2,584,795

 

 

 

2009

 

176,250

 

 

 

176,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bernard Denoyer

 

 2011

 

 180,675

 

 54,508

 

 

235,273

 

Senior Vice President, Finance

 

2010

 

176,000

 

 

315,306

(3)

491,306

 

Principal Financial Officer

 

2009

 

125,687

 

 

 

125,687

 

 


(1)           Amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, using the Black-Scholes valuation model.

 

(2)           $1,211,912 of such amount represents an accrued realization bonus. Mr. Cerrone has agreed with us to defer payment of his bonus until the earlier of (i) March 31, 2012, (ii) the completion of a financing transaction yielding gross proceeds of $30 million on a cumulative basis subsequent to October 6, 2010 or (iii) the tenth business day after termination of the consulting agreement without cause or good reason (including a termination following a “change of control” transaction as that term is defined in his consulting agreement). In consideration of Mr. Cerrone agreeing to permit us to defer payment of his bonus we agreed to indemnify him from any liability for taxes or penalties that he may incur pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and comparable state income tax laws. This bonus was paid in full during the year ended December 31, 2011

 

(3)           Options underlying these amounts vest and are exercisable at $1.40 per share upon a change of control

 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

 

The following table sets forth information regarding stock option awards to our named executive officers under our stock option plans during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011:

 

Name 

 

Grant Date

 

All Other Option
Awards: Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options

 

Exercise or
Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Share)

 

Grant Date Fair
Value ($)(1)

 

Gabriele M. Cerrone

 

12/29/2011

 

600,000

 

$

3.35

 

$

1,244,126

 

Gary S. Jacob

 

12/29/2011

 

600,000

 

3.35

 

1,244,126

 

Kunwar Shailubhai

 

12/29/2011

 

300,000

 

3.35

 

622,063

 

 


(1)           Amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, using the Black-Scholes valuation model.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

The following table sets forth information for the named executive officers regarding the number of shares subject to both exercisable and unexercisable stock options and restricted stock, as well as the exercise prices and expiration dates thereof, as of December 31, 2011.

 

Name 

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
exercisable

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable

 

Option
Exercise
Price

 

Option
Expiration
Dates

 

Number of
Shares or Units
of Restricted
Stock That
Have Vested
(5)

 

Gabriele M. Cerrone

 

462,531

 

1,500,000

(1)

$0.50-$3.35

 

July 3, 2018 - December 29, 2021

 

187,470

 

Gary S. Jacob

 

474,961

 

1,500,000

(2)

$0.50-$3.35

 

July 3, 2018 - December 29, 2021

 

187,470

 

Kunwar Shailubhai

 

437,526

 

450,000

(4)

$0.50 - $3.35

 

July 3, 2018 - December 29, 2021

 

62,441

 

Bernard F. Denoyer

 

75,017

 

20,000

(3)

$0.50 - $1.40

 

July 3, 2018 - June 22, 2020

 

 

 


(1)                                   The unexercisable options of 600,000 vest one third each on December 29, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and 900,000 options vest upon change of control.

 

(2)                                   The unexercisable options of 600,000 vest one third each on December 29, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and 900,000 options vest upon change of control.

 

(3)                                   The unexercisable options of 20,000 vest upon change of control.

 

(4)                                   The unexercisable options of 300,000 vest one third each on December 29, 2012, 2013and 2014 and 150,000 options vest upon change of control.

 

(5)                                   The restricted stock awards vested fully on July 3, 2010.

 

Director Compensation

 

The following table sets forth summary information concerning the total compensation earned by our non-employee directors in 2011 for services to our company.

 

Name 

 

Fees Earned

 

Melvin K. Spigelman(1)

 

$

34,000

 

John P. Brancaccio(2)

 

$

40,000

 

Thomas H. Adams(3)

 

$

30,000

 

Christopher McGuigan(4)

 

$

32,500

 

Alan Joslyn(5)

 

$

23,500

 

 


(1)           As of December 31, 2011, 174,000 stock options were outstanding, of which 154,500 were exercisable.

 

(2)           As of December 31, 2011, 129,523 stock options were outstanding, of which 108,023 were exercisable.

 

(3)           As of December 31, 2011, 121,523 stock options were outstanding, of which 103,273 were exercisable.

 

(4)           As of December 31, 2011, 122,523 stock options were outstanding, of which 103,773 were exercisable.

 

(5)           As of December 31, 2011, 84,000 stock options were outstanding, 50,000 of which were exercisable.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

Employment Agreements and Change in Control Agreements

 

On April 6, 2004, Kunwar Shailubhai, Ph.D. entered into an employment agreement with us in which he agreed to serve as Senior Vice President, Drug Discovery. Dr. Shailubhai’s employment agreement was for a term of 12 months beginning April 6, 2004 and is automatically renewed for successive one year periods at the end of each term. On July 9, 2008, Dr. Shailubhai was appointed Chief Scientific Officer of Synergy, his salary is currently $236,907 per year and he is eligible to receive a discretionary performance bonus of up to 25% of his salary per year.

 

On May 2, 2011, Dr. Gary Jacob entered into a second amended and restated employment agreement with us in which he agreed to serve as Chief Executive Officer and President. The term of the agreement was effective as of August 1, 2008 and continues until December 31, 2014 and is automatically renewed for successive one year periods at the end of each term. Dr. Jacob’s current salary is $324,450 per year. Dr. Jacob is eligible to receive a cash bonus of up to 50% of his base salary per year based on meeting certain performance objectives and bonus criteria. Such performance objectives and bonus criteria for 2012 had not been determined as of March 14, 2012. Dr. Jacob is also eligible to receive a realization bonus in the event that we enter into an out-license agreement for our technology or enter into a joint venture in which we contribute such rights to the joint venture where the enterprise value equals or exceeds a minimum of $250 million during the term of the agreement or the license fees we contract to receive equals or exceeds $50 million. The realization bonus will be equal to the enterprise value in the case of a joint venture or the sum of the license fees actually received in the case of an out license, multiplied by 0.5%. In addition, in the event we engage in a merger transaction or a sale of substantially all of our assets where (i) our enterprise value at the time of the merger or sale equals or exceed $400 million and our stockholders prior to consummation of the merger or sale beneficially own less than 20% of the stock of the surviving entity after consummation of the merger or (ii) our enterprise value at the time of the merger or sale or 12 months after the merger or sale equals or exceed $250 million and our stockholders prior to consummation of the merger or sale beneficially own 20% or more of the stock of the surviving entity after consummation of the merge, Dr. Jacob shall receive a bonus in an amount determined by multiplying the enterprise value by 2.5%.

 

If the employment agreement is terminated by us other than for cause or as a result of Dr. Jacob’s death or permanent disability or if Dr. Jacob terminates his employment for good reason which includes a change of control, Dr. Jacob shall receive (i) a severance payment equal to the higher of the aggregate amount of his base salary for the then remaining term of the agreement or twelve times the average monthly base salary paid or accrued during the three full calendar months preceding the termination, (ii) expense compensation in an amount equal to twelve times the sum of his average base salary during the three full months preceding the termination, (iii) immediate vesting of all unvested stock options and the extension of the exercise period of such options to the later of the longest period permitted by our stock option plans or ten years following the termination date, (iv) payment in respect of compensation earned but not yet paid and (v) payment of the cost of medical insurance for a period of twelve months following termination. In the event Dr. Jacob’s employment was terminated upon a change of control as of December 31, 2011, he would have been entitled to receive a lump sum payment of $973,350, less applicable withholding.

 

On May 2, 2011, Gabriele M. Cerrone, our Chairman of the Board, entered into an amended and restated consulting agreement with us. The term of the agreement was effective as of August 1, 2008 and continues until December 31, 2014 and is automatically renewed for successive one year periods at the end of each term. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Cerrone’s current compensation is $319,043 per year. Mr. Cerrone is eligible to receive a cash bonus of up to 50% of his base compensation per year based on meeting certain performance objectives and bonus criteria. Such performance objectives and bonus criteria for 2012 had not been determined as of March 14, 2012. Mr. Cerrone is also eligible to receive a realization bonus in the event that we enter into an out-license agreement for our technology or enter into a joint venture in which we contribute such rights to the joint venture where the enterprise value equals or exceeds a minimum $250 million during the term of the agreement or the license fees we contract to receive equals or exceeds $50 million. The realization bonus will be equal to the enterprise value in the case of a joint venture or financing or the sum of the license fees actually received multiplied by 0.5%. In addition, in the event we engage in a merger transaction or a sale of substantially all of our assets where (i) our enterprise value at the time of the merger or sale equals or exceed $400 million and our stockholders prior to consummation of the merger or sale beneficially own less than 20% of the stock of the surviving entity after consummation of the merger or (ii) our enterprise value at the time of the merger or sale or 12 months after the merger or sale equals or exceed $250 million and our stockholders prior to consummation of the merger or sale beneficially own 20% or more of the stock of the surviving entity after consummation of the merge, Mr. Cerrone shall receive a bonus in an amount determined by multiplying the enterprise value by 2.5%.

 

On October 6, 2010 we achieved the $20 million threshold required for Mr. Cerrone’s realization bonus to be accrued on the cumulative gross proceeds of financing transactions since August 1, 2008. This bonus totaled $1,211,912, was deemed compensatory in nature and charged to expense during the year ended December 31, 2010. Mr. Cerrone has agreed with us to defer payment of his bonus until the earlier of (i) March 31, 2012, (ii) the completion of a financing transaction yielding gross proceeds of $30 million on a cumulative basis subsequent to October 6, 2010 or (iii) the tenth business day after termination of the consulting agreement without cause or good reason (including a termination following a “change of control” transaction as that term is defined in his consulting agreement). In consideration of Mr. Cerrone agreeing to permit us to defer payment of his bonus we agreed to indemnify him from any liability for taxes or penalties that he may incur pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and comparable state income tax laws. This bonus was paid in full during the year ended December 31, 2011 , which payment does not terminate our indemnification liability.

 

If the consulting agreement is terminated by us other than for cause or as a result of Mr. Cerrone’s death or permanent disability or if Mr. Cerrone terminates the agreement for good reason which includes a change of control, Mr. Cerrone shall receive (i) a severance payment

 

49



Table of Contents

 

equal to the higher of the aggregate amount of his base compensation for the then remaining term of the agreement or twelve times the average monthly base compensation paid or accrued during the three full calendar months preceding the termination, (ii) expense compensation in an amount equal to twelve times the sum of his average base compensation during the three full months preceding the termination, (iii) immediate vesting of all unvested stock options and the extension of the exercise period of such options to the later of the longest period permitted by our stock option plans or ten years following the termination date, (iv) payment in respect of compensation earned but not yet paid and (v) payment of the cost of medical insurance for a period of twelve months following termination. In the event Mr. Cerrone’s employment was terminated upon a change of control as of December 31, 2011, he would have been entitled to receive a lump sum payment of $957,129 less applicable withholding.

 

On January 20, 2011, Bernard F. Denoyer entered into an executive employment agreement with us in which he agreed to serve as Senior Vice President, Finance.  The term of the agreement was effective as of January 20, 2011, continues until January 20, 2013 and is automatically renewed for successive one year periods at the end of each term. Mr. Denoyer’s base salary is currently $200,850 and he is eligible to receive a cash bonus of up to 20% of his base salary per year at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.  If the employment agreement is terminated by us other than for cause or as a result of Mr. Denoyer’s death or permanent disability or if Mr. Denoyer terminates his employment for good reason which includes a change of control, Mr. Denoyer shall receive (i) a severance payment equal to the higher of the aggregate amount of his base salary for the then remaining term of the agreement or twelve times the average monthly base salary paid or accrued during the three full calendar months preceding the termination, (ii) immediate vesting of all unvested stock options and the extension of the exercise period of such options to the later of the longest period permitted by our stock option plans or ten years following the termination date, (iii) payment in respect of compensation earned but not yet paid and (iv) payment of the cost of medical insurance for a period of twelve months following termination.  In the event Mr. Denoyer’s employment was terminated upon a change of control as of December 31, 2011, he would have been entitled to receive a lump sum payment of $211,855, less applicable withholding.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock as of March 14, 2012 by (i) each person known to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, (ii) each of our directors, (iii) our named executive officers and (iv) all directors and executive officers as a group. Except as otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws, where applicable. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc., 420 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1609, New York, NY 10170.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner 

 

Number of
Shares

 

Percentage(1)

 

Executive officers and directors:

 

 

 

 

 

Gabriele M. Cerrone

 

1,301,558

(2)

2.4

 

Gary S. Jacob, Ph.D. 

 

813,670

(3)

1.5

 

Kunwar Shailubhai, Ph.D. 

 

538,331

(4)

1.0

 

Bernard Denoyer

 

79,445

(5)

*

 

John Brancaccio

 

108,023

(6)

*

 

Chris McGuigan

 

103,773

(7)

*

 

Thomas Adams

 

103,273

(8)

*

 

Melvin K. Spigelman, M.D. 

 

154,500

(9)

*

 

Alan F. Joslyn

 

50,000

(10)

 

All Officers and Directors as a Group (9 persons)

 

3,252,573

(11)

5.7

 

5% or greater holders:

 

 

 

 

 

Callisto Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

22,295,000

 

41.1

 

R. Merrill Hunter

 

3,305,200

 

6.1

 

 


*less than 1%

 

(1)  Based on 54,306,178 shares outstanding on March 14, 2012.

 

(2)  Consists of 187,470 shares of common stock held by Mr. Cerrone, 462,531 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options held by Mr. Cerrone, 355,940 shares of common stock held by Panetta Partners, Ltd and 295,617 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by Panetta Partners, Ltd. Mr. Cerrone is the sole managing partner of Panetta Partners, Ltd. and in such capacity exercises voting and dispositive control over securities owned by Panetta Partners, Ltd. despite him having only a small pecuniary interest in such securities.

 

(3)  Consists of 288,296 shares of common stock, 50,413 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants and 474,961 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options.

 

(4)  Consists of 88,017 shares of common stock, 12,788 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants and 437,526 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options.

 

(5)  Consists of 2,952 shares of common stock, 1,476 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants and 75,017 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options.

 

(6)  Consists of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options.

 

(7)  Consists of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options.

 

(8)  Consists of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options.

 

51



Table of Contents

 

(9)  Consists of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options.

 

(10)  Consists of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options.

 

(11)  Includes 1,969,604 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options and 360,294 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting and investment power with respect to securities. Beneficial ownership determined in this manner may not constitute ownership of such securities for other purposes or indicate that such person has an economic interest in such securities.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

As of December 31, 2011, we had advanced Callisto Pharmaceuticals, Inc., our principal stockholder, $1,541,456 which is Callisto’s share of our payments for common operating costs since July 2008. This indebtedness is evidenced by an unsecured promissory note which bears interest at 6% per annum and is due on December 19, 2012.

 

On May 2, 2011, Gabriele M. Cerrone, our Chairman of the Board, entered into an amended and restated consulting agreement with us. The term of the agreement was effective as of August 1, 2008 and continues until December 31, 2014 and is automatically renewed for successive one year periods at the end of each term. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Cerrone’s current compensation is $319,043 per year. Mr. Cerrone is eligible to receive a cash bonus of up to 50% of his base compensation per year based on meeting certain performance objectives and bonus criteria. Such performance objectives and bonus criteria for 2012 had not been determined as of March 14, 2012. Mr. Cerrone is also eligible to receive a realization bonus in the event that we enter into an out-license agreement for our technology or enter into a joint venture in which we contribute such rights to the joint venture where the enterprise value equals or exceeds a minimum $250 million during the term of the agreement or the license fees we contract to receive equals or exceeds $50 million. The realization bonus will be equal to the enterprise value in the case of a joint venture or financing or the sum of the license fees actually received multiplied by 0.5%. In addition, in the event we engage in a merger transaction or a sale of substantially all of our assets where (i) our enterprise value at the time of the merger or sale equals or exceed $400 million and our stockholders prior to consummation of the merger or sale beneficially own less than 20% of the stock of the surviving entity after consummation of the merger or (ii) our enterprise value at the time of the merger or sale or 12 months after the merger or sale equals or exceed $250 million and our stockholders prior to consummation of the merger or sale beneficially own 20% or more of the stock of the surviving entity after consummation of the merge, Mr. Cerrone shall receive a bonus in an amount determined by multiplying the enterprise value by 2.5%.

 

On October 6, 2010 we achieved the $20 million threshold required for Mr. Cerrone’s realization bonus to be accrued on the cumulative gross proceeds of financing transactions since August 1, 2008. This bonus totaled $1,211,912, was deemed compensatory in nature and charged to expense during the year ended December 31, 2010. Mr. Cerrone had agreed with us to defer payment of his bonus until the earlier of (i) March 31, 2012, (ii) the completion of a financing transaction yielding gross proceeds of $30 million on a cumulative basis subsequent to October 6, 2010 or (iii) the tenth business day after termination of the consulting agreement without cause or good reason (including a termination following a “change of control” transaction as that term is defined in his consulting agreement). In consideration of Mr. Cerrone agreeing to permit us to defer payment of his bonus we agreed to indemnify him from any liability for taxes or penalties that he may incur pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and comparable state income tax laws. This bonus was paid in full during the year ended December 31, 2011 , which payment does not terminate our indemnification liability.

 

If the consulting agreement is terminated by us other than for cause or as a result of Mr. Cerrone’s death or permanent disability or if Mr. Cerrone terminates the agreement for good reason which includes a change of control, Mr. Cerrone shall receive (i) a severance payment equal to the higher of the aggregate amount of his base compensation for the then remaining term of the agreement or twelve times the average monthly base compensation paid or accrued during the three full calendar months preceding the termination, (ii) expense compensation in an amount equal to twelve times the sum of his average base compensation during the three full months preceding the termination, (iii) immediate vesting of all unvested stock options and the extension of the exercise period of such options to the later of the longest period permitted by our stock option plans or ten years following the termination date, (iv) payment in respect of compensation earned but not yet paid and (v) payment of the cost of medical insurance for a period of twelve months following termination. In the event Mr. Cerrone’s employment was terminated upon a change of control as of December 31, 2011, he would have been entitled to receive a lump sum payment of $957,129 less applicable withholding.

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

Gabriele Cerrone and his affiliates are subject to certain potential conflicts of interests. His consulting agreement expressly recognizes that he may provide consulting services to others. In addition, from time to time, he or his affiliates may be presented with business opportunities which could be suitable for our business and Mr. Cerrone is not subject to any restrictions with respect to other business activities, except to the extent such activities are in violation of our Code of Conduct and Ethics or violate general confidentiality provisions of his consulting agreement. In instances where there is potential conflict of interest or business opportunity, with respect to any officer or director, including Mr. Cerrone, our Audit Committee has both the authority and responsibility to review such matters and take appropriate actions.

 

Any future transactions with officers, directors or 5% stockholders will be on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from independent parties. Any affiliated transactions must be approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors who have access to our counsel or independent legal counsel at our expense.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

 

Audit Fees

 

The aggregate fees billed and unbilled for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 for professional services rendered by our principal accountants for the audits of our annual financial statements, the review of our financial statements included in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and consultations and consents were approximately $307,890 and $169,250, respectively.

 

Audit-Related Fees

 

There were no aggregate fees billed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 for assurance and related services rendered by our principal accountants related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements.

 

Tax and Other Fees

 

The aggregate fees billed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 for professional services rendered by our principal accountants for tax compliance were $22,650 and $22,500, respectively.

 

Consistent with SEC policies and guidelines regarding audit independence, the Audit Committee is responsible for the pre-approval of all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our principal accountants on a case-by-case basis. Our Audit Committee has established a policy regarding approval of all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our principal accountants. Our Audit Committee pre-approves these services by category and service. Our Audit Committee has pre-approved all of the services provided by our principal accountants.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a)          List of Documents Filed as a Part of This Report:

 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

F-3

Consolidated Statement of Operations for each of the three years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and for the period November 15, 2005 (inception) to December 31, 2011

 

F-4

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit) for the period November 15, 2005 (inception) to December 31, 2011

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and for the period November 15, 2005 (inception) to December 31, 2011

 

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7

 

(b)          Index to Financial Statement Schedules:

 

All schedules have been omitted because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto, or is not applicable or required.

 

(c)           Index to Exhibits

 

The Exhibits listed below are identified by numbers corresponding to the Exhibit Table of Item 601 of Regulation S-K. The Exhibits designated by an asterisk (*) are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed pursuant to Item 15.

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

2.1

 

Agreement and plan of merger dated February 10, 2012 between Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Florida corporation and Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

 

 

3.1

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc.

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws

 

 

 

4.1

 

2008 Equity Compensation Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed July 18, 2008)*

 

 

 

4.2

 

2009 Directors Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010)*

 

 

 

4.3

 

Form of Stock Certificate of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Form S-3 filed November 24, 2009).

 

 

 

4.4

 

Form of Warrant in connection with June 30, 2010 financing (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed July 7, 2010).

 

 

 

4.5

 

Form of Warrant in connection with October 1, 2010 financing (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed October 5, 2010).

 

 

 

4.6

 

Form of Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Form 10-K filed March 16, 2011).

 

 

 

4.7

 

Form of Warrant in connection with March 4, 2011 financing (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed March 10, 2011).

 

 

 

4.8

 

Form of Warrant in connection with October 4, 2011 financing (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed October 6, 2011).

 

 

 

4.9

 

Form of Warrant in connection with October 14, 2011 financing (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed October 14, 2011).

 

 

 

4.10

 

Form of Warrant in connection with November 17, 2011 financing (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed November 15, 2011).

 

 

 

4.11

 

Amended and Restated Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Warrant Agency Agreement dated as of December 15, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed December 16, 2011).

 

 

 

4.12

 

Amended and Restated Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Unit Agency Agreement dated as of December 15, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed December 16, 2011).

 

55



Table of Contents

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

10.1

 

Form of Executive Non-statutory Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K filed July 18, 2008)*

 

 

 

10.2

 

Form of Non-Executive Non-statutory Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 8-K filed July 18, 2008)*

 

 

 

10.3

 

Second Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of May 2, 2011 between Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Gary S. Jacob (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed May 6, 2011)*

 

 

 

10.4

 

Second Amended and Restated Consulting Agreement dated as of May 2, 2011 between Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Gabriele M. Cerrone (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed May 6, 2011)*

 

 

 

10.5

 

Master Services Agreement dated July 20, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2010)**

 

 

 

10.6

 

Master Services Agreement dated August 5, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2010)**

 

 

 

10.7

 

Form of Loan Agreement dated February 8, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Form 10-K filed March 16, 2011

 

 

 

10.8

 

Executive Employment Agreement dated as of January 20, 2011 between Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Bernard F. Denoyer*

 

 

 

14

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 to Form 10-K filed April 15, 2009)

 

 

 

21

 

List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to Form 10-K filed April 15, 2009)

 

 

 

23

 

Consent of BDO USA LLP

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer required under Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) under the Exchange Act

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer required under Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) under the Exchange Act

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 


*                                          Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

**                                   Portions of this exhibit were omitted and filed separately with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

SYNERGY PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

(Registrant)

 

 

 

Date: March 15, 2012

By:

/s/ GARY S. JACOB

 

 

Gary S. Jacob,

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ GARY S. JACOB

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

March 15, 2012

Gary S. Jacob

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ BERNARD F. DENOYER

 

Senior Vice President, Finance

 

March 15, 2012

Bernard F. Denoyer

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ GABRIELE M. CERRONE

 

Chairman of the Board

 

March 15, 2012

Gabriele M. Cerrone

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ MELVIN K. SPIGELMAN

 

Director

 

March 15, 2012

Melvin K. Spigelman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ ALAN JOSLYN

 

Director

 

March 15, 2012

Alan Joslyn

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ THOMAS H. ADAMS

 

Director

 

March 15, 2012

Thomas H. Adams

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ JOHN BRANCACCIO

 

Director

 

March 15, 2012

John Brancaccio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ CHRIS MCGUIGAN

 

Director

 

March 15, 2012

Chris McGuigan

 

 

 

 

 

57



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

 

SYNERGY PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
(A development stage company)

 

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and November 15, 2005 (inception) to December 31, 2011

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the period November 15, 2005 (Inception) to December 31, 2011

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and for the period November 15, 2005 (Inception) to December 31, 2011

 

F-6

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7

 

F-1



Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Board of Directors and Stockholders
Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
New York, New York

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Subsidiaries (a development stage company) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 and for the period from November 15, 2005 (inception) to December 31, 2011 and the related consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the period from November 15, 2005 (inception) to December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 and for the period from November 15, 2005 (inception) to December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 15, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP
New York, New York
March 15, 2012

 

F-2



Table of Contents

 

SYNERGY PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
(A development stage company)

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

December 31,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

13,244,883

 

$

1,707,516

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

1,063,402

 

997,584

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

 

14,308,285

 

2,705,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

5,773

 

7,749

 

Security deposits

 

14,025

 

14,025

 

Due from controlling shareholder

 

1,541,456

 

1,674,087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

15,869,539

 

$

4,400,961

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

1,415,617

 

$

2,961,333

 

Accrued expenses

 

1,331,382

 

2,051,057

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

2,746,999

 

5,012,390

 

Derivative financial instruments, at estimated fair value-warrants

 

3,325,114

 

3,487,959

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

 

6,072,113

 

8,500,349

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity/(Deficit):

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, Authorized 20,000,000 shares at December 31, 2011and 2010, none outstanding.

 

 

 

Common stock, par value of $.0001. Authorized 100,000,000 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Outstanding 54,279,906 and 46,094,082 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively

 

5,429

 

4,610

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

79,401,015

 

51,037,984

 

Deficit accumulated during development stage

 

(69,609,018

)

(55,141,982

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

9,797,426

 

(4,099,388

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

$

15,869,539

 

$

4,400,961

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3



Table of Contents

 

SYNERGY PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
(A development stage company)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

For the period
November 15, 2005
(inception) to

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

December 31, 2011

 

Revenues

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs and Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

13,418,754

 

9,558,608

 

3,732,734

 

28,413,154

 

Purchased in-process research and development

 

 

 

 

28,156,502

 

General and administrative

 

6,745,642

 

6,562,658

 

4,467,289

 

19,644,642

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from Operations

 

(20,164,396

)

(16,121,266

)

(8,200,023

)

(76,214,298

)

Interest and investment income

 

89,708

 

108,562

 

74,923

 

278,186

 

Interest Expense

 

(11,877

)

 

 

(11,877

)

Other income

 

362,498

 

494,479

 

 

856,977

 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments—warrants

 

5,257,031

 

296,784

 

 

5,553,815

 

Total Other Income

 

5,697,360

 

899,825

 

74,923

 

6,677,101

 

Loss from Continuing Operations

 

(14,467,036

)

(15,221,441

)

(8,125,100

)

(69,537,197

)

Loss from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

(71,821

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(14,467,036

)

$

(15,221,441

)

$

(8,125,100

)

$

(69,609,018

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted (restated for stock split)

 

47,598,240

 

44,875,356

 

36,640,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss per Common Share, Basic and Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss per Common Share, Basic and Diluted

 

$

(0.30

)

$

(0.34

)

$

(0.22

)

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-4



Table of Contents

 

SYNERGY PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
(A development stage company)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

 

Common
Shares

 

Common
Stock,
Par Value

 

Additional
Paid in
Capital

 

Deficit
Accumulated
during the
Development
Stage

 

Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)

 

Balance at inception, November 15, 2005

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Sale of unregistered common stock to founder

 

75,690,608

 

7,569

 

(5,569

)

 

2,000

 

Sale of common stock

 

6,850,000

 

685

 

17,415

 

 

18,100

 

Net loss for the year

 

 

 

 

(16

)

(16

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2005

 

82,540,608

 

8,254

 

11,846

 

(16

)

20,084

 

Net loss for the year

 

 

 

 

(20,202

)

(20,202

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2006

 

82,540,608

 

8,254

 

11,846

 

(20,218

)

(118

)

Capital contribution by shareholders

 

 

 

8,893

 

 

8,893

 

Net loss for the year

 

 

 

 

(20,043

)

(20,043

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2007

 

82,540,608

 

8,254

 

20,739

 

(40,261

)

(11,268

)

Cancellation of unregistered founder shares

 

(74,990,604

)

(7,499

)

7,499

 

 

 

Common stock issued via Exchange Transaction

 

22,732,380

 

2,273

 

27,276,588

 

 

27,278,861

 

Common stock issued via private placement—

 

2,520,833

 

252

 

3,024,748

 

 

3,025,000

 

Fees and expenses related to private placements

 

 

 

(73,088

)

 

(73,088

)

Stock based compensation expense

 

 

 

379,883

 

 

379,883

 

Net loss for the period

 

 

 

 

(31,755,180

)

(31,755,180

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2008

 

32,803,217

 

3,280

 

30,636,369

 

(31,795,441

)

(1,155,792

)

Common stock issued via private placements

 

11,407,213

 

1,141

 

15,968,959

 

 

15,970,100

 

Fees and expenses related to private placements

 

 

 

(260,002

)

 

(260,002

)

Common Stocks Issued for services rendered

 

1,250

 

1

 

1,499

 

 

1,500

 

Stock based compensation expense

 

 

 

1,053,062

 

 

1,053,062

 

Net loss for the period

 

 

 

 

(8,125,100

)

(8,125,100

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

44,211,680

 

4,422

 

47,399,887

 

(39,920,541

)

7,483,768

 

Common stock issued via registered direct offering and private placement

 

1,209,000

 

121

 

7,178,879

 

 

7,179,000

 

Fees and expenses related to direct offering

 

 

 

(468,130

)

 

(468,130

)

Warrants reclassified to derivative liability

 

 

 

(3,784,743

)

 

(3,784,743

)

Common stock issued to extend lock-up agreements related to unregistered shares

 

670,933

 

67

 

(67

)

 

 

Common stock Issued for services rendered

 

2,469

 

 

18,271

 

 

18,271

 

Stock based compensation expense

 

 

 

693,887

 

 

693,887

 

Net loss for the period

 

 

 

 

(15,221,441

)

(15,221,441

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

 

46,094,082

 

4,610

 

51,037,984

 

(55,141,982

)

(4,099,388

)

Common stock issued via registered direct offerings and private placements

 

7,733,093

 

773

 

34,368,291

 

 

34,369,064

 

Fees and expenses related to financing transactions — paid in cash

 

 

 

(2,148,383

)

 

(2,148,383

)

Fees and expenses related to financing transactions — paid in units of common stock and warrants

 

77,750

 

8

 

(8

)

 

 

Warrants classified to derivative liability - net

 

 

 

(5,094,186

)

 

(5,094,186

)

Common stock issued to make whole certain unregistered shares

 

215,981

 

22

 

(22

)

 

 

Exercise of warrant

 

80,000

 

8

 

415,301

 

 

415,309

 

Common stock issued for services rendered

 

79,000

 

8

 

341,287

 

 

341,295

 

Stock based compensation expense

 

 

 

480,751

 

 

480,751

 

Net loss for the period

 

 

 

 

(14,467,036

)

(14,467,036

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

 

54,279,906

 

$

5,429

 

$

79,401,015

 

$

(69,609,018

)

$

9,797,426

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5



Table of Contents

 

SYNERGY PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
(A development stage company)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Period from
November 15, 2005
(Inception) to

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

December 31, 2011

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(14,467,036

)

$

(15,221,441

)

$

(8,125,100

)

$

(69,609,018

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

1,976

 

1,976

 

1,976

 

7,150

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

822,046

 

712,158

 

1,054,562

 

2,968,649

 

Purchased in-process research and development

 

 

 

 

28,156,502

 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments—warrants

 

(5,257,031

)

(296,784

)

 

(5,553,815

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security deposit

 

 

 

(9,625

)

(14,025

)

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

(2,265,391

)

3,285,658

 

(351,501

)

2,023,956

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(65,818

)

64,046

 

(1,061,630

)

(1,063,402

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Adjustments

 

(6,764,218

)

3,767,054

 

(366,218

)

26,525,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Cash used in Operating Activities

 

(21,231,254

)

(11,454,387

)

(8,491,318

)

(43,084,003

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash paid on Exchange Transaction

 

 

 

 

(155,326

)

Loans from (to) related parties

 

132,631

 

(701,535

)

(282,219

)

(1,541,456

)

Additions to property and equipment

 

 

 

 

(12,195

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Cash provided by (used in) Investing Activities

 

132,631

 

(701,535

)

(282,219

)

(1,708,977

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital contribution by shareholders

 

 

 

 

8,893

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

 

 

2,000

 

Proceeds of sale of common stock

 

34,369,064

 

7,179,000

 

15,970,100

 

60,543,164

 

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

 

415,309

 

 

 

415,309

 

Proceeds from sale of unregistered common stock to founders

 

 

 

 

18,100

 

Fees and expenses related to private placements

 

(2,148,383

)

(468,130

)

(260,002

)

(2,949,603

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Cash provided by Financing Activities

 

32,635,990

 

6,710,870

 

15,710,098

 

58,037,863

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

11,537,367

 

(5,445,052

)

6,936,561

 

13,244,883

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

1,707,516

 

7,152,568

 

216,007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

13,244,883

 

$

1,707,516

 

$

7,152,568

 

$

13,244,883

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for taxes

 

$

37,795

 

$

31,315

 

$

6,289

 

$

71,616

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Value of warrants classified to derivative liability-net

 

$

5,094,186

 

$

3,784,743

 

$

 

$

8,878,929

 

Value of common stock issued to induce stockholders to extend lock-up agreements

 

$

 

$

3,235,040

 

$

 

$

3,235,040

 

 

Cash flow activities for the period inception to December 31, 2011 include discontinued operations of Synergy’s pet food business prior to July 14, 2008.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6



Table of Contents

 

SYNERGY PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
(A development stage company)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Business Overview

 

Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc., incorporated in Florida on November 15, 2005, (“Synergy” or the “Company”) is a biopharmaceutical company focused primarily on the development of drugs to treat gastrointestinal, or GI, disorders and diseases. Synergy’s lead product candidate is plecanatide, a guanylyl cyclase C, or GC-C, receptor agonist, to treat GI disorders, primarily chronic idiopathic constipation, or CC, and constipation-predominant-irritable bowel syndrome, or IBS-C. CC and IBS-C are gastrointestinal disorders that afflict millions of sufferers worldwide. CC is primarily characterized by infrequent and uncomfortable bowel movements but a majority of these patients also report bloating and abdominal discomfort among their most bothersome symptoms. IBS-C is characterized by frequent and recurring abdominal pain and/or discomfort associated with chronic constipation. Synergy is also developing SP-333, the Company’s second generation GC-C receptor agonist for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammatory diseases, such as ulcerative colitis, or UC.

 

Plecanatide

 

Synergy is currently developing plecanatide, a synthetic hexadecapeptide designed to mimic the actions of the GI hormone uroguanylin, for the treatment of CC and IBS-C. Plecanatide is an agonist of GC-C receptor. Plecanatide is covered by a U.S. patent issued on May 9, 2006 with respect to composition of matter that expires on March 25, 2023, subject to possible patent term extension, and a U.S. patent issued on September 21, 2010 with respect to composition of matter that expires on June 9, 2022, subject to possible patent term extension. Synergy has filed patent applications to broaden our patent estate covering GC-C receptor agonists.

 

On October 24, 2011 Synergy initiated dosing of patients in its Phase II/III clinical trial of plecanatide to treat CC. This study is being conducted at 110 sites in the United States and is designed to enroll 880 patients with CC who will be treated with one of three doses of plecanatide (0.3, 1.0 or 3.0 mg) or placebo taken once daily over a period of 12 weeks.  The study’s primary objective is the measure of complete spontaneous bowel movements using a responder analysis. The trial will also evaluate spontaneous bowel movements and daily constipation symptoms, as well as the impact of plecanatide on disease-specific quality of life measures.

 

SP-333

 

We are also developing a second generation GC-C receptor analog, SP-333, which is currently in pre-clinical development for the treatment of gastrointestinal diseases and disorders. SP-333 is a synthetic analog of uroguanylin, a natriuretic hormone which is normally produced in the body’s intestinal tract. Deficiency of this hormone is predicted to be one of the primary reasons for the formation of polyps that can lead to colon cancer, as well as debilitating and difficult-to-treat GI inflammatory disorders such as ulcerative colitis and Crohn’s disease.

 

On February 1, 2011 the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office issued U.S. Patent No. 7,879,802, covering Synergy’s novel drug candidate SP-333 to treat inflammatory bowel disease. SP-333 is a second-generation GC-C agonist with the potential to treat gastrointestinal diseases such as ulcerative colitis. The patent entitled “Agonists of Guanylate Cyclase Useful for the Treatment of Gastrointestinal Disorders, Inflammation, Cancer and Other Disorders” specifically claims composition of matter of SP-333 and use in the treatment of human diseases.

 

2. Basis of Presentation and Going Concern

 

On July 14, 2008, Pawfect Foods Inc. (“Pawfect”), a Florida corporation incorporated on November 15, 2005, acquired 100% of the common stock of Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated on September 11, 1992, and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Synergy Advanced Pharmaceuticals, Inc., (collectively “Synergy-DE”), under the terms of an Exchange Agreement among Pawfect, Callisto Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Callisto”), Synergy-DE, and certain other holders of Synergy-DE common stock (“Exchange Transaction”). For a more detailed discussion of this Exchange Transaction, see Note 3, Acquisition and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) below.

 

Synergy acquired the GI drugs and related technology in connection with the Exchange Transaction. On July 21, 2008, Pawfect amended its articles of incorporation to effect the actions necessary to complete the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Transaction and changed its name to Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. The acquisition of Synergy-DE was treated as an asset acquisition, since Synergy-DE is a development stage company and does not have the necessary inputs and outputs to meet the definition of a business. The results of operations of Synergy-DE are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. As a result of the acquisition of Synergy-DE on July 14, 2008, the Company decided to discontinue its pet food business and accordingly, amounts in the consolidated statements of operations and related notes for all historical periods have been restated to reflect these operations as discontinued.

 

F-7



Table of Contents

 

These consolidated financial statements include Synergy and subsidiaries: (1) Synergy-DE, (2) Synergy Advanced Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and (3) IgX, Ltd (Ireland—inactive)). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. These consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011 have been prepared under the assumption that we will continue as a going concern. Synergy’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued a report on our financial statements that included an explanatory paragraph referring to our recurring losses from operations and expressing substantial doubt in Synergy’s ability to continue as a going concern without additional capital becoming available. Synergy’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon its ability to obtain additional equity or debt financing, attain further operating efficiencies and, ultimately, to generate revenue. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

On November 29, 2011 the Company filed an amendment to its amended and restated articles of incorporation pursuant to which the Company affected a one for two (1:2) reverse stock split on its authorized and issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock effective on November 30, 2011.  All share and per share information has been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split as if it had occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented, (e.g. inception November 15, 2005).

 

As of December 31, 2011, Synergy had an accumulated deficit of $69,609,018 and expects to incur significant and increasing operating losses for the next several years as the Company expands its research and development, continues clinical trials of plecanatide and SP-333 for the treatment of GI disorders, acquires or licenses technologies, advances other product candidates into clinical development, seeks regulatory approval and, if FDA approval is received, commercializes products. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development efforts, Synergy is unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when Synergy will become profitable, if at all.

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $21,231,254 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011 Synergy has $13,244,883 of cash and cash equivalents. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, Synergy incurred net losses from operations of $14,467,036. To date, Synergy’s sources of cash have been primarily limited to the sale of common stock. Net cash provided by financing activities for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 was $32,635,990. As of December 31, 2011 Synergy had a working capital of $11,561,286.

 

Recent worldwide economic conditions, as well as domestic and international equity and credit markets, have significantly deteriorated and may remain depressed for the foreseeable future. These developments may make it more difficult to obtain additional equity or credit financing, when needed.

 

Synergy will be required to raise additional capital within the next year to continue the development and commercialization of current product candidates and to continue to fund operations at the current cash expenditure levels. Synergy cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. To the extent that Synergy raises additional funds by issuing equity securities, Synergy’s stockholders may experience significant dilution. Any debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants that impact Synergy’s ability to conduct business. If Synergy is unable to raise additional capital when required or on acceptable terms, Synergy may have to (i) significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development and/or commercialization of one or more product candidates; (ii) seek collaborators for product candidates at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable and on terms that are less favorable than might otherwise be available; or (iii) relinquish or otherwise dispose of rights to technologies, product candidates or products that Synergy would otherwise seek to develop or commercialize ourselves on unfavorable terms.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Changes in estimates and assumptions are reflected in reported results in the period in which they become known. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of checking accounts and short-term money market funds as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 on deposit with U.S. commercial banks, which at any point in time, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company considers all highly liquid securities purchased with an original maturity of three months or less, which includes our money market funds, to be cash equivalents. The carrying amount of cash equivalents approximates fair value. The amount of cash equivalents included in cash and cash equivalents was approximately $13.0 million and $0 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

Derivative Instruments

 

The Company’s derivative liabilities are related to warrants issued in connection with financing transactions and are therefore not designated as hedging instruments. All derivatives are recorded on the Company’s balance sheet at fair value in accordance with current accounting guidelines for such complex financial instruments. Changes in fair value are recorded in the Company’s statement of operations.

 

F-8



Table of Contents

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 820-10, the Company measures certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using the three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The three tiers include:

 

·                   Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets in active markets;

 

·                   Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and

 

·                   Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring management to develop its own assumptions based on best estimates of what market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability at the reporting date.

 

Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable and derivative instruments. These financial instruments are stated at their respective historical carrying amounts, which approximate fair value due to their short term nature, except derivative instruments which are marked to market at the end of each reporting period.

 

Property, equipment and depreciation

 

Expenditures for additions, renewals and improvements are capitalized at cost. Depreciation is generally computed on a straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The estimated useful lives of the major classes of depreciable assets are 2 to 5 years for equipment and furniture and fixtures. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred. Synergy periodically evaluates whether current events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of its depreciable assets may not be recoverable.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes have been determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes. Under this approach, deferred taxes represent the future tax consequences expected to occur when the reported amounts of assets and liabilities are recovered or paid. Deferred taxes result from differences between the financial statement and tax bases of Synergy’s assets and liabilities and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when changes are enacted. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. The assessment of whether or not a valuation allowance is required often requires significant judgment.

 

Contingencies

 

In the normal course of business, Synergy is subject to loss contingencies, such as legal proceedings and claims arising out of its business, that cover a wide range of matters, including, among others, government investigations, shareholder lawsuits, product and environmental liability, and tax matters. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, Accounting for Contingencies , (“ASC Topic 450”), Synergy records accruals for such loss contingencies when it is probable that a liability will be incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Synergy, in accordance with this guidance, does not recognize gain contingencies until realized. For a discussion of contingencies, see Note 6, Commitments and Contingencies below.

 

Research and Development

 

Research and development costs include expenditures for an in-house research and development laboratory, salaries and staff costs, application and filing for regulatory approval of proposed products, purchased in-process research and development, regulatory and scientific consulting fees, as well as contract  services, including clinical trial and related clinical manufacturing expenses; and other outside expenses patient costs, drug formulation and tableting, data collection, monitoring, clinical trial insurance and FDA consultants. These costs are generally expensed as incurred.

 

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 730-10-55, Research and Development , Synergy recorded prepaid research and development for nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities pursuant to executory contractual arrangements as current assets on the Company’s balance sheet totaling $577,745 and $683,182 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Synergy expenses these advance payments when goods or services are delivered.

 

Loss Per Share

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share is presented in conformity with ASC Topic 260, Earnings per Share , (“ASC Topic 260”) for all periods presented. In accordance with this guide, basic and diluted net loss per common share was determined by dividing net loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted weighted-average shares are the same as basic weighted-average shares because shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options would have been antidilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 the effect of 5,964,039, 4,302,008 and 2,107,008, respectively, outstanding stock options and

 

F-9



Table of Contents

 

5,597,203, 728,469 and -0-, respectively, outstanding warrants were excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share because the effect was antidilutive.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2011, FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” ASU 2011-04 amends Topic 820 to provide common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and International Financial Reporting Standards. Consequently, the amendments change the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements, as well as providing guidance on how fair value should be applied where its use is already required or permitted by other standards within U.S. GAAP. ASU No. 2011-04 is to be applied prospectively, and early adoption is not permitted. For public entities, the amendments are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-04 is not expected to have a material impact on our results of operations or our financial position.

 

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2011-05”) which is intended to facilitate the convergence of U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as well as to increase the transparency of items reported in other comprehensive income. As a result of ASU 2011-05, all nonowner changes in stockholders’ equity are required to be presented in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The option to present other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity has been eliminated. ASU 2011-05 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and should be applied retrospectively. The Company expects to adopt this standard beginning in 2012. As ASU 2011-05 impacts presentation only, it will have no effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2011-11 provides for additional disclosures of both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. This scope would include derivatives, sale and repurchase agreements and reverse sale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending arrangements. The amendments in this Update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods, and disclosures required by these amendments should be provided retrospectively for all comparative periods presented.

 

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, "Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05." ASU 2011-12 defers the specific requirement to present items that are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income separately with their respective components of net income and other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-12 did not defer the requirement to report comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive financial statements. The amendments are effective at the same time as the amendments in ASU 2011-05.

 

3. Acquisition and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

On July 14, 2008, Pawfect acquired 100% of the common stock of Synergy-DE from Callisto and certain other holders of Synergy-DE shares, in exchange for 22,732,380 unregistered shares of Pawfect’s common stock. This represented approximately 70% of Pawfect’s outstanding common stock after giving effect to (i) a 37.845338 for one stock split, (ii) cancellation of 74,990,604 of 75,690,603 unregistered shares owned by Pawfect’s principal stockholder and (iii) a $3,000,000 private placement of 2,500,000 unregistered shares of Pawfect’s common stock to private investors. Fees and expenses directly related to the closing of this private placement totaled $73,088, yielding net proceeds of $2,926,912. The stock split and change in par value, from $0.001 to $0.0001, resulted in the restatement of all historical common stock and additional paid-in capital amounts presented in the accompanying financial statements.

 

These transactions were completed under the terms of an Exchange Agreement dated as of July 11, 2008, as amended and effective on July 14, 2008 among Pawfect, Callisto, Synergy-DE, and certain other holders of Synergy-DE common stock. Callisto received 22,295,000 of the 22,732,380 shares of Pawfect’s common stock exchanged for ownership of Synergy-DE, and Callisto which represented 68% of Pawfect’s outstanding common stock. See Note 4, Accounting for Share-Based Payments below for shares issued to other holders.

 

The Exchange Transaction was treated as an asset acquisition by Pawfect for accounting purposes. Under this method of accounting, Pawfect is treated as the acquiring entity, issuing stock for the assets and liabilities of Synergy-DE. The assets and liabilities of Synergy-DE, primarily cash and accounts payable, were stated at their fair value. Net liabilities acquired totaled $877,646. The fair value of the 22,727,380 shares issued in connection with the Exchange Transaction, totaled $27,278,856 on July 14, 2008, based on a per share value of $1.20, which was the per share price the Company’s 2,500,000 common shares sold for in a private placement on that date. The total consideration of $28,156,502 was allocated in full to the Synergy research and development projects which had not yet reached technological feasibility and, having no alternative use, this amount was charged to purchased in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) expense as of the date of the Exchange Transaction.

 

In addition to purchased IPR&D, the Company retained four full time employees and acquired a patent related to the technologies acquired. There were no other intangible assets acquired which required allocation of the purchase price. The Company did not assign a value to the acquired employees as all continuing research and development is being performed under the supervision of other Company employees, nor the patent since the technology is still in an early stage. Therefore, the full purchase price accordingly allocated to purchased in-process research and development and there was no value assigned to goodwill. The value of the IPR&D was based on the fair value of the consideration given which was the value most reliably measurable. Net liabilities assumed in excess of Synergy-DE assets acquired in connection with the Exchange Transaction on July 14, 2008 were as follows:

 

Assets

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

194,674

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

 

194,674

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

Accounts payable and other liabilities

 

(722,320

)

Due to Callisto

 

(350,000

)

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

(1,072,320

)

Net liabilities assumed in excess of assets acquired

 

(877,646

)

Fair value of shares issued to Synergy-DE shareholders

 

(27,278,856

)

 

 

 

 

Total consideration paid by Pawfect to acquire Synergy-DE

 

$

(28,156,502

)

 

F-10



Table of Contents

 

On July 14, 2008, Synergy discontinued its pet food business and is now exclusively focused on continuing the development of drugs to treat GI disorders and diseases acquired in connection with the Exchange Transaction.

 

 

On July 21, 2008, Pawfect amended its articles of incorporation in the State of Florida to effect the actions necessary to complete the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Transaction, including: (i) an increase in the authorized number of common shares from 25,000,000 to 75,000,000 (ii) authorized 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock (iii) changed the common stock par value per share from $0.001 to $0.0001and (iv) changed its name to Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 Synergy sold 11,407,213 shares of unregistered common stock at $1.40 per share to private investors, pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement, for aggregate proceeds of $15,970,100. There were no warrants issued in connection with these transactions. Synergy incurred $260,002 in fees to selling agents and attorneys in connection with these transactions. Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement the investors agreed to be subject to a lock-up until August 15, 2010 and Synergy agreed to price protection for the investors in the event of subsequent sales of equity securities as defined, until February 15, 2011. In accordance with the guidance contained in ASC Topic 815-40, the Company has determined that the price protection provisions are embedded derivatives that require bifurcation and recognition at fair value in the company's financial statements. The Company has determined that the fair value of the derivatives is de minimus.

 

On November 20, 2009, the number of common shares authorized increased from 75,000,000 to 100,000,000.

 

On June 30, 2010, Synergy entered into securities purchase agreements to sell securities to non-U.S. investors and raised gross proceeds of approximately $2,754,000 in a registered direct offering. Synergy sold 324,000 units at $8.50 per share to investors. Each unit consists of one share of Synergy’s common stock and one warrant to purchase one additional share of Synergy’s common stock. The warrants expire after five years and are exercisable at $9.00 per share. The offering was made pursuant to a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (the base prospectus effective December 10, 2009), as supplemented by a prospectus supplement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 23, 2010. As of June 30, 2010, Synergy had received proceeds of $255,000, less legal fees of $25,000 associated with this offering. The remaining $2,499,000 was held in escrow and received by Synergy on July 2 and July 8, 2010. In July 2010, the Company paid an aggregate $261,630 to selling agents in connection with this placement.

 

On August 16, 2010, Synergy entered into a securities purchase agreement with an accredited investor to sell securities and raise gross proceeds of $400,000 in a private placement. The Company sold 49,383 units to the investor with each unit consisting of one share of the Company’s common stock and one warrant to purchase one additional share of the Company’s common stock. The purchase price paid by the investor was $8.10 for each unit. The warrants expire after five years and are exercisable at $8.50 per share. Based upon the Company’s analysis of the criteria contained in ASC Topic 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity” Synergy has determined that the warrants issued in connection with this Financing transaction must be recorded as derivative liabilities upon issuance and marked to market on a quarterly basis.

 

On July 13, 2010 and October 12, 2010 Synergy issued 670,933 shares of its common stock as consideration for an agreement by certain holders of the Company’s common stock to extend their lock-up of such shares from August 15, 2010 to January 15, 2011 or enter into a lock-up agreement until such date, as the case may be. This issuance was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on June 22, 2010 and represents 5% of the shares of previously issued common stock currently subject to a lock-up agreement or being requested to lock-up, as the case maybe. The fair value of the common stock issued to accomplish this lock-up extension totaled $3,235,040, based on the estimated fair value of the shares issued in connection with the June 30, 2010 and October 6, 2010 registered direct offerings. The par value of these shares was charged to additional paid in capital as a cost of facilitating the June 30, 2010 registered direct offering.

 

On October 1, 2010 the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with an investor and raised gross proceeds of $2,500,000 in a registered direct offering. The Company paid a fee of $50,000 to a non-U.S. selling agent. The Company sold to the investor 500,000 shares of its common stock and warrants to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock. The common stock and warrants were sold in units consisting of one share of common stock and two-fifths of a warrant to purchase a share of common stock. The purchase price paid by the investor was $5.00 for each unit. The warrants expire after five years and each whole warrant has an exercise price of $5.50 per share. Based upon the Company’s analysis of the criteria contained in ASC Topic 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity” Synergy has determined that the warrants issued in connection with this Financing transaction must be recorded as derivative liabilities upon issuance and marked to market on a quarterly basis.

 

On October 18, 2010 the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain investors and raised gross proceeds of $1,525,000 in a registered direct offering. The Company paid a fee of $91,000 to a non-U.S. selling agent. The Company sold 305,000 shares of its common stock and warrants to purchase 122,000 shares of common stock. The common stock and warrants were sold in units consisting of one share of common stock and two-fifths of a warrant to purchase a share of common stock. The purchase price paid by the investors was $5.00 for each unit. The warrants expire after five years and each whole warrant has an exercise price of $5.50 per share. Based upon the Company’s analysis of the criteria contained in ASC Topic 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity” Synergy has determined that the warrants issued in connection with this Financing transaction must be recorded as derivative liabilities upon issuance and marked to market on a quarterly basis.

 

On March 4, 2011, Synergy closed a registered direct offering with a non-U.S. investor which raised gross proceeds of $1,800,000. Synergy issued to the investor 300,000 shares of its common stock and warrants to purchase 210,000 shares of common stock. The purchase price paid by the investor was $6.00 for each unit. The warrants expire after seven years and are exercisable at $6.20 per share. Based upon the Company’s analysis of the criteria contained in ASC Topic 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity” Synergy has determined that the warrants issued in connection with this Financing transaction must be recorded as derivative liabilities upon issuance and marked to market on a quarterly basis.

 

From May 2 to May 23, 2011, Synergy entered into securities purchase agreements with certain investors to raise gross proceeds of $2,499,999 in a registered direct offering.  The Company issued to the investors 416,667 shares of its common stock and warrants to purchase 416,667 shares of common stock. The purchase price paid by the investors was $6.00 for each unit. The warrants expire after seven years, are

 

F-11



Table of Contents

 

exercisable at $4.25 per share and the exercise price is protected, in the event of subsequent equity sales at a lower price, for a period of two years from issuance.  Based upon the Company’s analysis of the criteria contained in ASC Topic 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity” Synergy has determined that the warrants issued in connection with this Financing transaction must be recorded as derivative liabilities upon issuance and marked to market on a quarterly basis.  These liabilities in the amount of $725,000 were reclassed on December 19, 2011 to additional paid in capital.

 

On June 3, 2011, a Synergy warrant holder exercised his warrants and purchased a total of 80,000 shares of common stock.  Synergy raised gross proceeds of $415,309 as a result of the warrant exercise.  The purchase price paid by the warrant holder was $5.00 for 49,383 shares and $5.50 for 30,617 shares. Based upon the Company’s analysis of the criteria contained in ASC Topic 815-40, Synergy had determined that the warrants exercised in connection with this transaction were derivative liabilities when issued and the Company had been marking this liability to market at the end of each reporting period. Upon the exercise of these warrants the fair value of the related derivative liability totaling $486,328 was reclassified to Additional Paid in Capital.

 

From June 3 to June 15, 2011, Synergy entered into securities purchase agreements with certain investors to raise gross proceeds of $1,161,243 in a private placement.  The Company issued to the investors 193,541 shares of its common stock and warrants to purchase 193,541 shares of common stock. The purchase price paid by the investors was $6.00 for each unit. The warrants expire after seven years and are exercisable at $6.50 per share. In connection with this transaction Synergy entered into a registration rights agreement with each of the investors pursuant to which Synergy agreed to register the shares of common stock and shares of common stock underlying the warrants in a resale registration statement to be filed within 45 days after the final closing of the private placement.

 

Based upon the Company’s analysis of the criteria contained in ASC Topic 815-40, Synergy had determined that the warrants issued in connection with this private placement must be recorded as derivative liabilities upon issuance and marked to market on a quarterly basis. On December 19, 2011Synergy filed a registration statement on Form S-3 covering the 193,541shares of common stock and the 193,541 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the above warrants. This registration removed the condition which required these warrants to be treated as derivative liabilities.  Accordingly, the fair value of these warrants of $315,901 on December 19, 2011 was reclassed from liability to additional paid in capital to equity.

 

On July 11, 2011, Synergy entered into a securities purchase agreement with an investor to raise gross proceeds of $242,750 in a private placement.  The Company issued to the investor 40,458 shares of its common stock and warrants to purchase 40,458 shares of common stock. The purchase price paid by the investors was $6.00 for each unit. The warrants expire after seven years and are exercisable at $6.50 per share. In connection with this transaction Synergy entered into a registration rights agreement with the investor pursuant to which Synergy agreed to register the shares of common stock and shares of common stock underlying the warrants in a resale registration statement to be filed within 45 days after the final closing of the private placement. Based upon the Company’s analysis of the criteria contained in ASC Topic 815-40, Synergy has determined that the warrants issued in connection with this private placement must be recorded as derivative liabilities upon issuance and marked to market on a quarterly basis. On December 19, 2011 Synergy filed a registration statement on Form S-3 covering the 40,458 shares of common stock and the 40,458 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the above warrants. This registration removed the condition which required these warrants to be treated as derivative liabilities.  Accordingly, the derivative liability associated with these warrants of $73,931 was reclassed from liability to additional paid in capital.

 

On July 28, 2011, Synergy entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain investors to raise gross proceeds of $2,336,472 in a registered direct offering.  The Company issued to the investors 333,782 shares of its common stock. The purchase price paid by the investors was $7.00 for each share of common stock and there were no warrants issued in connection with this transaction. On December 7, 2011 Synergy issued to these investors an additional 215,981 shares of common stock which make whole brought the purchase price per share paid by these investors to $4.25 per share.

 

On October 4, 2011, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain investors for the sale of 552,647 units in a registered direct offering, with each unit consisting of one share of common stock and one warrant to purchase 0.5 shares of common stock.  Our gross proceeds from the sale of the units were $2,348,723.  The purchase price paid by the investors was $4.25 per unit.  The warrants expire after five years and are exercisable at $5.50 per share. Based upon the Company’s analysis of the criteria contained in ASC Topic 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity” Synergy has determined that the warrants issued in connection with this Financing transaction must be recorded as derivative liabilities upon issuance and marked to market on a quarterly basis.

 

The October 4, 2011 transaction pricing resulted in the exercise price of the 416,667 warrants issued during May 2011 (the “May Warrants”) to be reduced to $4.25 per share. No other outstanding warrants or common stock were affected by this subsequent equity sale at a lower price. The “price protection” rights attributable to the May Warrants remain in effect until the Company’s listing on NASDAQ, December 1, 2011. This exercise price reduction from $6.50 per share to $4.25 per share decreased the prospective exercise proceeds attributable to the May Warrants by $937,500.

 

On October 19, 2011, we entered into securities purchase agreements with various investors for the sale of 136,912 units in a registered direct offering, with each unit consisting of one share of common stock and one warrant to purchase 0.5 shares of common stock.  The gross proceeds from the sale of the Units were $581,876. The purchase price paid by the investors was $4.25 per Unit.  The Warrants expire after five years and are exercisable at $5.50 per share. Based upon the Company’s analysis of the criteria contained

 

F-12



Table of Contents

 

in ASC Topic 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity” Synergy has determined that the warrants issued in connection with this Financing transaction must be recorded as derivative liabilities upon issuance and marked to market on a quarterly basis.

 

On October 28, 2011, we entered into securities purchase agreements with various investors for the sale of 117,647 units in a registered direct offering, with each unit consisting of one share of common stock and one warrant to purchase 0.5 shares of common stock.  The gross proceeds to us from the sale of the Units were $500,000. The purchase price paid by the investors was $4.25 per Unit.  The Warrants expire after five years and are exercisable at $5.50 per share. Based upon the Company’s analysis of the criteria contained in ASC Topic 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity” Synergy has determined that the warrants issued in connection with this Financing transaction must be recorded as derivative liabilities upon issuance due to price protection features and marked to market on a quarterly basis.

 

The October warrants relating to the 2011 fundraising in the amount of $593,296 were reclassed from liabilities to additional paid in capital upon listing of the NASDAQ.

 

On November 14, 2011, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain accredited investors for the sale of 1,328,941 units in a private placement, with each unit consisting of one share of common stock and one warrant to purchase one share of common stock. The gross proceeds from the sale of the Units were $5,648,000. The purchase price paid by the investors was $4.25 per Unit. The Warrants expire after five years and are exercisable at $5.50 per share.  Based upon the Company’s analysis of the criteria contained in ASC Topic 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity” Synergy has determined that the investor warrants issued in connection with this Financing transaction must be recorded as derivative liabilities upon issuance and marked to market on a quarterly basis.

 

On December 1, 2011, we entered into an underwriting agreement for the public offering and sale of 1,875,000 units, consisting of two shares of common stock and one warrant to purchase one share of common stock. On December 6, 2011 Synergy closed the offering at a price of $8.00 per unit, resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of $15,000,000.  Each warrant has an exercise price of $5.50 per share and will expire five years from the date of issuance.  Synergy also granted the Underwriters, under the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, an option to purchase up to an additional 281,250 units to cover over-allotments.  On December 15, 2011 the over-allotment option was exercised for additional gross proceeds of $2,250,000.  Based upon the Company’s analysis of the criteria contained in ASC Topic 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity” Synergy has determined that warrants issued in connection with this Financing transaction were not derivative liabilities.

 

On December 6, 2011, in connection with this underwritten financing, Synergy issued a total of 112,500 common stock purchase options to the underwriters and several principals of the firm. The Options expire three years from issuance and have an exercise price of $5.00 per share. Based upon the Company’s analysis of the criteria contained in ASC Topic 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity” Synergy has determined that the warrants issued in connection with this Financing transaction were not derivative liabilities.

 

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, Synergy paid $2,148,383 in selling agent fees and legal expenses related to the above financing transactions and issued 9,025 warrants to a selling agent which expire after seven years and are exercisable at $6.50 per share, and 77,750 units consisting of one share of common stock and one warrant to purchase one share of common stock, which expire in five years, and are exercisable at $5.50 per share.  Based upon the Company’s analysis of the criteria contained in ASC Topic 815-40, Synergy has determined that 8,025 warrants issued to selling agents were equity instruments upon issuance and 78,750 warrants must be recorded as derivative liabilities upon issuance and marked to market on a quarterly basis.

 

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 we issued a total of 79,000 shares of common stock in payment for legal, consulting and scientific advisory services rendered.  The fair value of these shares totaled $341,295 which amount has been reflected in our statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

4. Accounting for Shared-Based Payments

 

Stock Options

 

ASC Topic 718 “Compensation—Stock Compensation” requires companies to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for the award of equity instruments based on the estimated fair value of the award at the date of grant. The expense is to be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award. ASC Topic 718 did not change the way Synergy accounts for non-employee stock-based compensation. Synergy continues to account for shares of common stock, stock options and warrants issued to non-employees based on the fair value of the stock, stock option or warrant, if that value is more reliably measurable than the fair value of the consideration or services received. The Company accounts for stock options issued and vesting to non-employees in accordance with ASC Topic 505-50 “Equity -Based Payment to Non-Employees” and accordingly the value of the stock compensation to non-employees is based upon the measurement date as determined at either a) the date at which a performance commitment is

 

F-13



Table of Contents

 

reached, or b) at the date at which the necessary performance to earn the equity instruments is complete. Accordingly the fair value of these options is being “marked to market” quarterly until the measurement date is determined.

 

ASC Topic 718 requires that cash flows resulting from tax deductions in excess of the cumulative compensation cost recognized for options exercised (excess tax benefits) be classified as cash inflows from financing activities and cash outflows from operating activities. Due to Synergy’s accumulated deficit position, no excess tax benefits have been recognized. Synergy accounts for common stock, stock options, and warrants granted to employees and non-employees based on the fair market value of the instrument, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on assumptions for expected stock price volatility, term of the option, risk-free interest rate and expected dividend yield, at the grant date.

 

Synergy adopted the 2008 Equity Compensation Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) during the quarter ended September 30, 2008. Stock options granted under the Plan typically vest after three years of continuous service from the grant date and have a contractual term of ten years. Synergy did not issue stock options prior to the quarter ended September 30, 2008. Stock-based compensation expense related to Synergy options and restricted stock units have been recognized in operating results as follow:

 

Stock-based compensation, including all options and restricted stock units, has been recognized in operating results as follow:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

November 15, 2005
(inception) to

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

December 31, 2011

 

Employees—included in research and development

 

$

107,191

 

$

187,520

 

$

252,541

 

$

626,781

 

Employees—included in general and administrative

 

92,924

 

210,591

 

358,167

 

774,410

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal employee stock based compensation

 

200,115

 

398,111

 

610,708

 

1,401,191

 

Non-employees—included in research and development

 

73,449

 

52,184

 

33,913

 

168,096

 

Non-employees—included in general and administrative

 

548,482

 

261,863

 

409,941

 

1,399,362

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal non-employee stock based compensation

 

621,931

 

314,047

 

443,854

 

1,567,458

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

822,046

 

$

712,158

 

$

1,054,562

 

$

2,968,649

 

 

The estimated fair value of stock option awards was determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following weighted-average assumptions during the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.88%- 1.25%

 

2.31% - 2.71%

 

2.20%

 

Dividend yield

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility

 

70%

 

90%

 

90%

 

Expected term (in years)

 

6.0 yrs.

 

6.0 yrs.

 

6.0 yrs.

 

 

Risk-free interest rate —Based on the daily yield curve rates for U.S. Treasury obligations with maturities which correspond to the expected term of the Company’s stock options.

 

Dividend yield —Synergy has not paid any dividends on common stock since its inception and does not anticipate paying dividends on its common stock in the foreseeable future.

 

Expected volatility —Based on the historical volatility of Synergy stock.

 

F-14



Table of Contents

 

Expected term —Synergy has had no stock options exercised since inception. The expected option term represents the period that stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding based on the simplified method provided in Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 107, Share-Based Payment , (“SAB No. 107”), which averages an award’s weighted-average vesting period and expected term for “plain vanilla” share options. Under SAB No. 107, options are considered to be “plain vanilla” if they have the following basic characteristics: (i) granted “at-the-money”; (ii) exercisability is conditioned upon service through the vesting date; (iii) termination of service prior to vesting results in forfeiture; (iv) limited exercise period following termination of service; and (v) options are non-transferable and non-hedgeable.

 

In December 2007, the SEC issued SAB No. 110, Share-Based Payment , (“SAB No. 110”). SAB No. 110 was effective January 1, 2008 and expresses the views of the Staff of the SEC with respect to extending the use of the simplified method, as discussed in SAB No. 107, in developing an estimate of the expected term of “plain vanilla” share options in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The Company will continue to use the simplified method until it has the historical data necessary to provide a reasonable estimate of expected life in accordance with SAB No. 107, as amended by SAB No. 110. For the expected term, the Company has “plain-vanilla” stock options, and therefore used a simple average of the vesting period and the contractual term for options granted subsequent to January 1, 2006 as permitted by SAB No. 107.

 

Forfeitures —ASC Topic 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Synergy estimated future unvested option forfeitures based on historical experience of its majority-owned shareholder, Callisto.

 

The weighted-average fair value per share of all options granted during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 estimated as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model was $2.09 and $6.77 per share, respectively.

 

The unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested employee stock options outstanding at December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009 was $2,768,766, $314,921 and $1,010,250, respectively. The December 31, 2011 balance is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average remaining vesting period of approximately 3 years.

 

On March 1, 2010, a majority of our shareholders acting by written consent approved an amendment to the Plan increasing the number of shares reserved under the Plan to 7,500,000 shares, after a retroactive change of a one for two (1:2) reverse stock split effective on November 30, 2011. As of December 31, 2011 there were 5,964,039 stock options outstanding under the Plan, leaving 1,535,961 stock options available for future issuance under the Plan.

 

A summary of stock option activity and of changes in stock options outstanding under Synergy’s plans is presented below:

 

 

 

Number of
Options(2)

 

Exercise Price
Per Share

 

Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Per Share

 

Intrinsic
Value

 

Balance outstanding, January 1, 2010

 

2,107,008

 

$

0.50 – 1.90

 

$

0.61

 

$

22,320,436

 

Granted(1)

 

2,232,500

 

$

1.40

 

$

1.40

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(37,500

)

$

1.40

 

$

1.40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance outstanding, December 31, 2010

 

4,302,008

 

$

0.50 – 1.90

 

$

1.04

 

$

25,763,002

 

Granted

 

1,807,000

 

$

3.35– 4.30

 

$

3.50

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(144,969

)

$

0.50 – 1.40

 

$

1.04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance outstanding, December 31, 2011

 

5,964,039

 

$

0.50 – 4.30

 

$

1.77

 

$

6,027,368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2011

 

2,044,539

 

$

0.50 – 4.30

 

$

0.70

 

$

5,787,368

 

 


(1)          Contingent vesting upon change of control. The Fair Value at the date of grant was $30,243,946 determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model assumptions discussed above. No stock based compensation expense associated with these options was recognized since the grant date.

 

(2)          Number of shares outstanding represented above reflect a retroactive change of a one for two (1:2) reverse stock split effective on November 30, 2011.

 

F-15



Table of Contents

 

ASC Topic 718 requires that cash flows resulting from tax deductions in excess of the cumulative compensation cost recognized for options exercised (excess tax benefits) be classified as cash inflows from financing activities and cash outflows from operating activities. Due to Synergy’s accumulated deficit position, no tax benefits have been recognized in the cash flow statement.

 

5. Income Taxes

 

At December 31, 2011, Synergy-DE has net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) aggregating approximately $60 million, which, if not used, expire beginning in 2012 through 2031. The utilization of these NOLs is subject to limitations based on past and future changes in ownership of Synergy pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 382. The Company has determined that ownership changes have occurred for Internal Revenue Code Section 382 purposes and therefore, the ability of the Company to utilize its NOLs is limited. The Company has no other material deferred tax items. Synergy records a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets to the extent that it is more likely than not that some portion, or all of, the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Due to the substantial doubt related to Synergy’s ability to continue as a going concern and utilize its deferred tax assets, a valuation allowance for the full amount of the deferred tax assets has been established at December 31, 2011. As a result of this valuation allowance there are no income tax benefits reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations to offset pre-tax losses.

 

The provisions of FASB ASC Topic 740-10-30-7, Accounting for Income Taxes were adopted by Synergy on January 1, 2007 and had no effect on Synergy’s financial position, cash flows or results of operations upon adoption, as Synergy did not have any unrecognized tax benefits. Synergy’s practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense and none have been incurred to date.

 

Synergy has no uncertain tax positions subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities as of December 31, 2011. Synergy files U.S. and state income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The 2008 through 2011 tax years generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state tax authorities.

 

On July 14, 2008, Synergy engaged in a tax-free reorganization pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code Section 368(a)(1)(B) thereby acquiring 100% of shares in Synergy-DE, from Callisto, a Delaware corporation, and other restricted holders of Synergy-DE shares, in exchange for 22,732,380 shares of the Company’s common stock (or approximately 70% of the Company’s outstanding common stock). The transaction was characterized as a tax-free type “B” reorganization resulting in no gain or loss recognition to the Company, for federal tax purposes.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2010 Synergy received a $244,479 Federal credit for our Qualifying Therapeutic Discovery Project under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 and recorded a $250,000 New York City Biotechnology refundable tax credit. The total of these awards $494,479 is reported as other income in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011 the Company recorded refundable tax credit in prepaid and other current assets for its (i) 2010 New York State QETC credit, totalling $248,486 and (ii) its New York City Biotechnology Tax Credit for the tax year of 2011 totalling $118,437. These credits are presented as other income in the statement of operations.

 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Employment and Consulting Agreements

 

Gary S. Jacob, Ph.D.

 

On May 2, 2011, Dr. Gary Jacob entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with us in which he agreed to serve as Chief Executive Officer and President. The term of the agreement was effective as of August 1, 2008 and continues until December 31, 2014 and is automatically renewed for successive one year periods at the end of each term. Dr. Jacob’s current base salary is $324,450 per year. Dr. Jacob is eligible to receive a cash bonus of up to 50% of his base salary per year based on meeting certain performance objectives and bonus criteria. Dr. Jacob is also eligible to receive a realization bonus in the event that we enter into an out-license agreement for our technology or enter into a joint venture in which we contribute such rights to the joint venture where the enterprise value equals or exceeds a minimum of $250 million in the term of the agreement or the license fees we contract to receive equals or exceeds $50 million. The realization bonus will be equal to the enterprise value in the case of a joint venture or the sum of the license fees actually received in the case of an out license, multiplied by 0.5%. In addition, in the event we engage in a merger transaction or a sale of substantially all of our assets where (i) our enterprise value at the time of the merger or sale equals or exceed $400 million and our stockholders prior to consummation of the merger or sale beneficially own less than 20% of the stock of the surviving entity after consummation of the merger or (ii) our enterprise value at the time of the merger or sale or 12 months after the merger or sale equals or exceed $250 million and our stockholders prior to consummation of the merger or sale beneficially own 20% or more of the stock of the surviving entity after consummation of the merge, Dr. Jacob shall receive a bonus in an amount determined by multiplying the enterprise value by 2.5%.

 

If the employment agreement is terminated by us other than for cause or as a result of Dr. Jacob’s death or permanent disability or if Dr. Jacob terminates his employment for good reason which includes a change of control, Dr. Jacob shall receive (i) a severance payment equal average monthly base salary paid or accrued during the three full calendar months preceding the termination, (ii) expense compensation in an amount equal to twelve times the sum of his average base salary during the three full months preceding the termination, (iii) immediate vesting of all unvested stock options and the extension of the exercise period of such options to the later of the longest period permitted by our stock option plans or ten years following the termination date, (iv) payment in respect of compensation earned but not yet paid and (v) payment of

 

F-16



Table of Contents

 

the cost of medical insurance for a period of twelve months following termination. In the event Dr. Jacob’s employment was terminated upon a change of control as of December 31, 2011, he would have been entitled to receive a lump sum payment of $973,350, less applicable withholding.

 

Gabriele M. Cerrone

 

On May 2, 2011, Gabriele M. Cerrone, our Chairman of the Board, entered into an amended and restated consulting agreement with us. The term of the agreement was effective as of August 1, 2008 and continues until December 31, 2014 and is automatically renewed for successive one year periods at the end of each term. Mr. Cerrone’s current compensation is $319,043 per year. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Cerrone is eligible to receive a cash bonus of up to 50% of his base salary per year based on meeting certain performance objectives and bonus criteria. Mr. Cerrone is also eligible to receive a realization bonus in the event that we enter into an out-license agreement for our technology or enter into a joint venture in which we contribute such rights to the joint venture where the enterprise value equals or exceeds a minimum of $250 million during the term of the agreement or the license fees we contract to receive equals or exceeds $50 million. The realization bonus will be equal to the enterprise value in the case of a joint venture or financing or the sum of the license fees actually received multiplied by 0.5%. In addition, in the event we engage in a merger transaction or a sale of substantially all of our assets where (i) our enterprise value at the time of the merger or sale equals or exceed $400 million and our stockholders prior to consummation of the merger or sale beneficially own less than 20% of the stock of the surviving entity after consummation of the merger or (ii) our enterprise value at the time of the merger or sale or 12 months after the merger or sale equals or exceed $250 million and our stockholders prior to consummation of the merger or sale beneficially own 20% or more of the stock of the surviving entity after consummation of the merge, Dr. Jacob shall receive a bonus in an amount determined by multiplying the enterprise value by 2.5%.

 

On October 6, 2010 we achieved the $20 million threshold required for Mr. Cerrone’s realization bonus to be accrued on the cumulative gross proceeds of financing transactions since August 1, 2008. This bonus totaled $1,211,912, was deemed compensatory in nature and charged to expense during the year ended December 31, 2010. Mr. Cerrone has agreed with us to defer payment of his bonus until the earlier of (i) March 31, 2012, (ii) the completion of a financing transaction yielding gross proceeds of $30 million on a cumulative basis subsequent to October 6, 2010 or (iii) the tenth business day after termination of the consulting agreement without cause or good reason (including a termination following a “change of control” transaction as that term is defined in his consulting agreement). In consideration of Mr. Cerrone agreeing to permit us to defer payment of his bonus we agreed to indemnify him from any liability for taxes or penalties that he may incur pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and comparable state income tax laws. This bonus was paid in full during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 , which payment does not terminate the Company’s indemnification liability.

 

If the consulting agreement is terminated by us other than for cause or as a result of Mr. Cerrone’s death or permanent disability or if Mr. Cerrone terminates the agreement for good reason which includes a change of control, Mr. Cerrone shall receive (i) a severance payment equal to the higher of the aggregate amount of his base compensation for the then remaining term of the agreement or twelve times the average monthly base compensation paid or accrued during the three full calendar months preceding the termination, (ii) expense compensation in an amount equal to twelve times the sum of his average base compensation during the three full months preceding the termination, (iii) immediate vesting of all unvested stock options and the extension of the exercise period of such options to the later of the longest period permitted by our stock option plans or ten years following the termination date, (iv) payment in respect of compensation earned but not yet paid and (v) payment of the cost of medical insurance for a period of twelve months following termination. In the event Mr. Cerrone’s employment was terminated upon a change of control as of December 31, 2011, he would have been entitled to receive a lump sum payment of $957,129 less applicable withholding.

 

Bernard F. Denoyer

 

On January 20, 2011, Bernard F. Denoyer entered into an executive employment agreement with us in which he agreed to serve as Senior Vice President, Finance.  The term of the agreement was effective as of January 20, 2011, continues until January 20, 2013 and is automatically renewed for successive one year periods at the end of each term. Mr. Denoyer’s base salary is currently $200,850 and he is eligible to receive a cash bonus of up to 20% of his base salary per year at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. In December 2011.   If the employment agreement is terminated by us other than for cause or as a result of Mr. Denoyer’s death or permanent disability or if Mr. Denoyer terminates his employment for good reason which includes a change of control, Mr. Denoyer shall receive (i) a severance payment equal to the higher of the aggregate amount of his base salary for the then remaining term of the agreement or twelve times the average monthly base salary paid or accrued during the three full calendar months preceding the termination, (ii)  immediate vesting of all unvested stock options and the extension of the exercise period of such options to the later of the longest period permitted by our stock option plans or ten years following the termination date, (iii)  payment in respect of compensation earned but not yet paid and (iv)  payment of the cost of medical insurance for a period of twelve months following termination. . In the event Mr. Denoyer’s employment was terminated upon a change of control as of December 31, 2011, he would have been entitled to receive a lump sum payment of $211,855, less applicable withholding.

 

F-17



Table of Contents

 

Lease agreements

 

Our corporate headquarters totals approximately 3,800 square feet in Suite 1609, located at 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY, expired on June 30, 2011.  On July 21, 2011 we extended our lease on Suite 1609 until March 31, 2012, at a monthly rent of $16,414. The Company also occupies a small laboratory and several offices, totaling approximately 1,000 square feet, in the Bucks County Biotechnology Center in Doylestown, Pennsylvania under a lease expiring August 31, 2011. Rent expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled $239,189 and $272,663, respectively.

 

7. Research and Development Expense

 

Research and development costs include expenditures in connection with an in-house research and development laboratory, salaries and staff costs, application and filing for regulatory approval of proposed products, purchased in-process research and development, regulatory and scientific consulting fees, as well as contract research, patient costs, drug formulation and tableting, data collection, monitoring, insurance and FDA consultants.

 

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 730-10-55, Research and Development, Synergy recorded prepaid research and development costs of $577,745 and $683,182 as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, for nonrefundable pre-payments for production of plecanatide drug substance and analytical testing services of our drug candidate plecanatide and SP-333. In accordance with this guidance, Synergy expenses deferred research and development costs when drug compound is delivered and services are performed.

 

8. Derivative Financial Instruments

 

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted provisions of ASC Topic 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging: Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity” (“ASC Topic 815-40”). ASC Topic 815-40 clarifies the determination of whether an instrument issued by an entity (or an embedded feature in the instrument) is indexed to an entity’s own stock, which would qualify as a scope exception under ASC Topic 815-10.

 

Based upon the Company’s analysis of the criteria contained in ASC Topic 815-40, Synergy has determined that certain warrants issued in connection with sale of our common stock in the year ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 must be classified as derivative instruments. In accordance with ASC Topic 815-40, these warrants are also being re-measured at each balance sheet date based on estimated fair value, and any resultant changes in fair value is being recorded in the Company’s statement of operations. The Company estimates the fair value of certain warrants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model in order to determine the associated derivative instrument liability and change in fair value described above. The range of assumptions used to determine the fair value of the warrants at each period end during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were:

 

 

 

Twelve months ended
December 31, 2011

 

Twelve months ended
December 31, 2010

 

Estimated fair value of stock

 

$3.50 - $9.04

 

$5.00 - $7.40

 

Expected warrant term

 

4-7 years

 

5 years

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.36% - 2.22%

 

1.20 - 2%

 

Expected volatility

 

70%-90%

 

90%

 

Dividend yield

 

0%

 

0%

 

 

Estimated fair value of stock is the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of warrant issuance and end of each reporting period the derivative instruments are marked to market. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of Synergy’s common stock. The warrants have a transferability provision and based on guidance provided in SAB 107 for instruments issued with such a provision, Synergy used the full contractual term as the expected term of the warrants. The risk free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury security rates for maturities consistent with the expected remaining term of the warrants. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s common stock.

 

Certain of Synergy’s warrants issued during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 contained a price protection clause which variable exercise price required the Company to use a binomial model to determine fair value. The range of assumptions used to determine the fair value of the warrants at each period end during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 was as follows:

 

 

 

Twelve months ended
December 31, 2011

 

Estimated fair value of stock

 

$2.71 - $5.02

 

Expected warrant term

 

5-7years

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.90% - 2.64%

 

Expected volatility

 

70%-90%

 

Dividend yield

 

0%

 

 

In the Binomial model, the assumption for estimated fair value of the stock is based on a Black-Scholes based apportionment of the unit price paid for the shares and warrants issued in Synergy’s most recent registered direct offerings, which resulting stock prices were deemed to be arms-length negotiated prices. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of Synergy’s common stock. The warrants have a transferability provision and based on guidance provided in SAB 107 for instruments issued with such a provision, Synergy used the full contractual term as the expected term of the warrants. The risk free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury security rates for maturities consistent with the expected remaining term of the warrants.

 

F-18



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth the components of changes in the Synergy’s derivative financial instruments liability balance for the periods indicated:

 

Date

 

Description

 

Warrants (1)

 

Derivative
Instrument
Liability

 

12/31/2009

 

Balance of derivative financial instruments liability

 

 

$

 

6/30/2010

 

Fair value of new warrants issued during the quarter

 

324,000

 

$

1,045,214

 

9/30/2010

 

Fair value of new warrants issued during the quarter

 

51,851

 

$

163,905

 

9/30/2010

 

Change in fair value of warrants during the quarter recognized as other income in the statement of operations

 

 

$

(110,937

)

9/30/2010

 

Balance of derivative financial instruments liability

 

375,851

 

$

1,098,182

 

12/31/2010

 

Fair value of new warrants issued during the quarter

 

352,618

 

$

2,575,624

 

12/31/2010

 

Change in fair value of warrants during the quarter recognized as other income in the statement of operations

 

 

$

(185,847

)

12/31/2010

 

Balance of derivative financial instruments liability

 

728,469

 

$

3,487,959

 

3/31/2011

 

Fair value of new warrants issued during the quarter

 

210,000

 

$

1,312,673

 

3/31/2011

 

Change in fair value of warrants during the quarter recognized as other income in the statement of operations

 

 

$

338,715

 

3/31/2011

 

Balance of derivative financial instruments liability

 

938,469

 

$

5,139,347

 

6/30/2011

 

Fair value of new warrants issued during the quarter

 

611,207

 

$

2,607,827

 

6/30/2011

 

Exercise of warrants during the quarter

 

(80,000

)

$

(486,328

)

6/30/2011

 

Change in fair value of warrants during the quarter recognized as other income in the statement of operations

 

 

$

697,660

 

6/30/2011

 

Balance of derivative financial instruments liability

 

1,469,676

 

$

7,958,506

 

9/30/2011

 

Fair value of new warrants issued during the quarter

 

40,458

 

$

285,128

 

9/30/2011

 

Change in fair value of warrants during the quarter recognized as other income in the statement of operations

 

 

$

(4,382,796

)

9/30/2011

 

Balance of derivative financial instruments liability

 

1,510,134

 

$

3,860,838

 

12/31/2011

 

Fair value of new warrants issued during the quarter

 

1,810,294

 

$

3,082,203

 

12/31/2011

 

Reclass of derivative liability to equity during the quarter

 

(1,055,268

)

$

(1,707,317

)

12/31/2011

 

Change in fair value of warrants during the quarter recognized as other income in the statement of operations

 

 

$

(1,910,610

)

12/31/2011

 

Balance of derivative financial instruments liability

 

2,265,160

 

$

3,325,114

 

 


(1)          Number of warrants outstanding represented above reflect a retroactive effect of a one for two (1:2) reverse stock split effective on November 30, 2011.

 

9. Fair Value Measurements

 

The following table presents the Company’s liabilities that are measured and recognized at fair value on a recurring basis classified under the appropriate level of the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011:

 

Description

 

Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
and
Liabilities
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Balance as of
December 31,
2010

 

Quoted
Prices
in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
and
Liabilities
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Balance as of
December 31,
2011

 

Derivative liabilities related to Warrants

 

$

 

$

 

$

3,487,959

 

$

3,487,959

 

$

 

$

 

$

3,325,114

 

$

3,325,114

 

 

F-19



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 liabilities for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

Description

 

Balance at
December 31,
2009

 

Fair Value of
warrants upon
issuance

 

Unrealized
(gains) or
losses

 

Balance as of
December 31,
2010

 

Fair value of
warrants
exercised and
reclassified to
additional paid
in capital

 

Fair Value of
warrants
upon
issuance

 

Unrealized
(gains) or
losses

 

Balance as of
December 31,
2011

 

Derivative liabilities related to Warrants

 

 

$

3,784,743

 

$

(296,784

)

$

3,487,959

 

$

(2,193,645

)

$

7,287,831

 

$

(5,257,031

)

$

3,325,114

 

 

The unrealized gains or losses on the derivative liabilities are recorded as a change in fair value of derivative liabilities in the Company’s statement of operations. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. At each reporting period, the Company reviews the assets and liabilities that are subject to ASC Topic 815-40. At each reporting period, all assets and liabilities for which the fair value measurement is based on significant unobservable inputs or instruments which trade infrequently and therefore have little or no price transparency are classified as Level 3.

 

10. Property and Equipment

 

Equipment consists of laboratory, testing and computer equipment and furniture and fixtures consists of office furniture, both stated at cost, with useful lives ranging from 2 - 5 years, depreciated on a straight line basis. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009 and from November 15, 2005 (inception) to December 31, 2011 were $1,976, $1,976, $1,976 and $7,150 respectively.

 

 

 

December 31,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

$

38,343

 

$

38,343

 

Machinery and equipment

 

12,195

 

12,195

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(44,765

)

(42,789

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

$

5,773

 

$

7,749

 

 

11. Related Parties

 

As of December 31, 2011, Synergy’s principal shareholder, Callisto, owns 41.10% of its outstanding shares. Synergy occupies corporate office space in New York City under a month to month sharing arrangement with Callisto, its principal shareholder. Rent is allocated from Callisto monthly based on the square footage of office space occupied by Synergy.

 

As of December 31, 2011 Synergy had advanced Callisto $1,541,456 which is Callisto’s share of Synergy payments for common operating costs since July 2008. This indebtedness is evidenced by an unsecured promissory note which bears interest at 6% per annum. Interest income earned on this note totaled approximated $84,000 and $89,000 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  Due to the uncertainty surrounding Callisto’s ability to raise capital Synergy is unable to determine when this balance will be repaid and accordingly Synergy has classified the balance due as a long term asset.

 

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the balances due from Callisto Pharmaceuticals, Inc. are comprised of the following amounts:

 

 

 

December 31,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

Rent, utilities and property taxes

 

$

90,166

 

$

61,813

 

Insurance and other facilities related overhead

 

249,635

 

150,836

 

Independent accountants and legal

 

510,331

 

417,298

 

Financial printer and transfer agent fees

 

217,476

 

147,171

 

Salaries and consulting fees of shared executives

 

289,270

 

214,311

 

Working capital advances

 

184,578

 

682,658

 

Total due from Callisto

 

$

1,541,456

 

$

1,674,087

 

 

F-20



Table of Contents

 

12. Quarterly Consolidated Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

 

March 31,
2011

 

June 30,
2011

 

September 30,
2011

 

December 31,
2011

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Revenues

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and Development

 

1,478

 

2,355

 

3,883

 

5,703

 

General and administrative

 

1,897

 

1,524

 

1,103

 

2,222

 

Loss from operations

 

(3,375

)

(3,879

)

(4,986

)

(7,925

)

Other income

 

 

 

 

362

 

Interest and investment income

 

24

 

20

 

20

 

26

 

Interest expense

 

(12

)

 

 

 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments—warrants

 

(339

)

(698

)

4,383

 

1,911

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss

 

$

(3,702

)

$

(4,557

)

$

(583

)

$

(5,626

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted (a)

 

46,167,416

 

46,642,901

 

47,308,946

 

48,657,013

 

Earnings per common share—basic and diluted(b):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net per common share

 

$

(0.08

)

$

(0.10

)

$

(0.01

)

$

(0.12

)

 


(a)   Weighted average common shares outstanding represented above reflect a retroactive change of a one for two (1:2) reverse stock split effective on November 30, 2011.

 

(b)   Basic and diluted EPS are computed independently for each of the periods presented. Accordingly, the sum of the quarterly EPS amounts may not agree to the total for the year.

 

F-21



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

 

March 31,
2010

 

June 30,
2010

 

September 30,
2010

 

December 31,
2010

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Revenues

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and Development

 

1,183

 

4,395

 

2,295

 

1,686

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

1,199

 

1,419

 

1,220

 

2,724

 

Loss from operations

 

(2,382

)

(5,814

)

(3,515

)

(4,410

)

Other income

 

 

 

 

494

 

Interest and investment income

 

33

 

27

 

23

 

25

 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments—warrants

 

 

 

111

 

185

 

Net Loss

 

$

(2,348

)

$

(5,787

)

$

(3,381

)

$

(3,706

)

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted (a)

 

44,211,680

 

44,231,064

 

45,051,203

 

45,986,047

 

Earnings per common share—basic and diluted(b):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net per common share

 

$

(0.06

)

$

(0.12

)

$

(0.08

)

$

(0.08

)

 


(a)          Weighted average common shares outstanding represented above reflect a retroactive change of a one for two (1:2) reverse stock split effective on November 30, 2011.

 

(b)          Basic and diluted EPS are computed independently for each of the periods presented. Accordingly, the sum of the quarterly EPS amounts may not agree to the total for the year.

 

13. Subsequent Events

 

On February 14, 2012, Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc., (the “Company”) entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the “Agreement”) with its wholly-owned subsidiary, Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Synergy-DE”) for the purpose of changing the state of incorporation of the Company to Delaware from Florida. Pursuant to the Agreement, the Company merged with and into Synergy-DE with Synergy-DE continuing as the surviving corporation.  The directors and officers in office of the Company upon the effective date of the merger shall be the directors and officers of Synergy-DE, all of whom shall hold their directorships and offices until the election and qualification of their respective successors or until their tenure is otherwise terminated in accordance with the by-laws of Synergy-DE.  The effective date of the merger shall be the date on which the Certificate of Merger is filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware and the Secretary of State of Florida.  The Certificate of Merger was filed with the Secretary of State of Florida on February 15, 2012 and with the Secretary of State of Delaware of February 16, 2012.

 

Each issued share of the Company shall, upon the effective date of the merger, be converted into one share of Synergy-DE.  After the effective date of the merger, certificates representing shares of the Company’s common stock will represent shares of Synergy-DE’s common stock, and upon surrender of the same to the transfer agent for the Company, who also shall serve as the transfer agent for Synergy-DE, the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Synergy-DE common stock into which such shares of the Company’s common stock shall have been converted.  All outstanding warrants, options and rights issued by the Company to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Company Securities”), will either be exchanged for or converted into warrants, options or rights issued by Synergy-DE, or amended to provide that, on the effective date of the merger, each Company Security so exchanged, converted or amended shall become, a warrant, option or right to acquire the same number of shares of Synergy-DE common stock and at the same exercise price as the holder of such Company Securities would have been entitled to receive pursuant to the merger had such holder exercised such Company Securities in full immediately prior to the effective time of the merger, without any other action required by any such holder.

 

F-22



Table of Contents

 

Exhibit Index

 

The Exhibits listed below are identified by numbers corresponding to the Exhibit Table of Item 601 of Regulation S-K. The Exhibits designated by an asterisk (*) are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed pursuant to Item 15.

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

2.1

 

Agreement and plan of merger dated February 10, 2012 between Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Florida corporation and Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

 

 

3.1

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc.

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws

 

 

 

4.1

 

2008 Equity Compensation Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed July 18, 2008)*

 

 

 

4.2

 

2009 Directors Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010)*

 

 

 

4.3

 

Form of Stock Certificate of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Form S-3 filed November 24, 2009).

 

 

 

4.4

 

Form of Warrant in connection with June 30, 2010 financing (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed July 7, 2010).

 

 

 

4.5

 

Form of Warrant in connection with October 1, 2010 financing (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed October 5, 2010).

 

 

 

4.6

 

Form of Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Form 10-K filed March 16, 2011).

 

 

 

4.7

 

Form of Warrant in connection with March 4, 2011 financing (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed March 10, 2011).

 

 

 

4.8

 

Form of Warrant in connection with October 4, 2011 financing (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed October 6, 2011).

 

 

 

4.9

 

Form of Warrant in connection with October 14, 2011 financing (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed October 14, 2011).

 

 

 

4.10

 

Form of Warrant in connection with November 17, 2011 financing (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed November 15, 2011).

 

 

 

4.11

 

Amended and Restated Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Warrant Agency Agreement dated as of December 15, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed December 16, 2011).

 

 

 

4.12

 

Amended and Restated Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Unit Agency Agreement dated as of December 15, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed December 16, 2011).

 



Table of Contents

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

10.1

 

Form of Executive Non-statutory Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K filed July 18, 2008)*

 

 

 

10.2

 

Form of Non-Executive Non-statutory Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 8-K filed July 18, 2008)*

 

 

 

10.3

 

Second Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of May 2, 2011 between Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Gary S. Jacob (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed May 6, 2011)*

 

 

 

10.4

 

Second Amended and Restated Consulting Agreement dated as of May 2, 2011 between Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Gabriele M. Cerrone (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed May 6, 2011)*

 

 

 

10.5

 

Master Services Agreement dated July 20, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2010)**

 

 

 

10.6

 

Master Services Agreement dated August 5, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2010)**

 

 

 

10.7

 

Form of Loan Agreement dated February 8, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Form 10-K filed March 16, 2011

 

 

 

10.8

 

Executive Employment Agreement dated as of January 20, 2011 between Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Bernard F. Denoyer*

 

 

 

14

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 to Form 10-K filed April 15, 2009)

 

 

 

21

 

List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to Form 10-K filed April 15, 2009)

 

 

 

23

 

Consent of BDO USA LLP

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer required under Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) under the Exchange Act

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer required under Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) under the Exchange Act

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 


*                                          Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

**                                   Portions of this exhibit were omitted and filed separately with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

 


Exhibit 2.1

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER approved on February 14, 2012 by Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a business corporation organized under the laws of the State of Florida (“SP—FL”), and by its Board of Directors on said date, and approved on February 14, 2012 by Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a business corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“SP—DE”), and by its Board of Directors on said date.

 

1. SP—FL and SP—DE shall, pursuant to the provisions of the Florida laws and the provisions of the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of SP—DE, be merged with and into a single corporation, to wit SP—DE, which shall be the surviving corporation upon the effective date of the merger and which is sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “surviving corporation”, and which shall continue to exist as said surviving corporation under its present name pursuant to the provisions of the laws of Delaware.  The separate existence of SP—FL, which is sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “terminating corporation”, shall cease upon the effective date of the merger in accordance with the provisions of the Florida Business Corporation Act.

 

2.  The certificate of incorporation of the surviving corporation upon the effective date of the merger in the jurisdiction of its organization shall be the certificate of incorporation of said surviving corporation, as may be amended and said certificate of incorporation shall continue in full force and effect until amended and changed in the manner prescribed by the provisions of Delaware law.

 

3.  The by-laws of the surviving corporation upon the effective date of the merger in the jurisdiction of its organization will be the by-laws of said surviving corporation and will continue in full force and effect until changed, altered, or amended as therein provided and in the manner prescribed by the provisions of the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization.

 

4.  The directors and officers in office of the terminating corporation upon the effective date of the merger in the jurisdiction of its organization shall be the directors and officers of the surviving corporation, all of whom shall hold their directorships and offices until the election and qualification of their respective successors or until their tenure is otherwise terminated in accordance with the by-laws of the surviving corporation.

 

5.  Each issued share of the terminating corporation shall, upon the effective date of the merger, be converted into one share of the surviving corporation.  The issued shares of the surviving corporation shall not be converted in any manner, but each said share which is issued as of the effective date of the merger shall continue to represent one issued share of the surviving corporation.  After the effective date of the merger, certificates representing shares of Synergy-FL common stock will represent shares of Synergy-DE common stock, and upon surrender of the same to the transfer agent for Synergy-FL, who also shall serve as the transfer agent for Synergy-DE, the holder thereof shall be entitled

 



 

to receive in exchange therefor a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Synergy-DE common stock into which such shares of Synergy-FL common stock shall have been converted in accordance with this Section.  All outstanding warrants, options and rights issued by the SP-FL to purchase shares of SP-FL common stock (the “ SP-FL Securities ”), will either be exchanged for or converted into warrants, options or rights issued by SP-DE, or amended to provide that, on the effective date of the merger, each SP-FL Security so exchanged, converted or amended shall become, a warrant, option or right to acquire the same number of shares of SP-DE common stock and at the same exercise price as the holder of such SP-FL Securities would have been entitled to receive pursuant to the merger had such holder exercised such SP-FL Securities in full immediately prior to the effective time of the merger, without any other action required by any such holder.

 

6.  The Plan of Merger herein made and approved shall be submitted to the shareholders of the terminating corporation for their approval or rejection in the manner prescribed by the provisions of the Florida Business Corporation Act, and the merger of the terminating corporation with and into the surviving corporation shall be authorized in the manner prescribed by the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the surviving corporation.

 

7.  In the event that the Plan of Merger shall have been approved by the shareholders entitled to vote of the terminating corporation in the manner prescribed by the provisions of the Florida Business Corporation Act, and in the event that the merger of the terminating corporation with and into the surviving corporation shall have been duly authorized in compliance with the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the surviving corporation, the terminating corporation and the surviving corporation hereby stipulate that they will cause to be executed and filed and/or recorded any document or documents prescribed by the laws of the State of Florida and of the State of Delaware, and that they will cause to be performed all necessary acts therein and elsewhere to effectuate the merger.

 

8.  The Board of Directors and the proper officers of the terminating corporation and of the surviving corporation, respectively, are hereby authorized, empowered and directed to do any and all acts and things, and to make, execute, deliver, file, and/or record any and all instruments, papers, and documents which shall be or become necessary, proper, or convenient to carry out or put into effect any of the provisions of this Plan of Merger or of the merger herein provided for.

 

9.  The effective date of the merger herein shall be the date on which the Certificate of Merger is filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware and the Secretary of State of Florida, provided however, this Agreement may be terminated and the merger abandoned at any time prior to the effective date, whether before or after shareholder approval of this Agreement, to the extent necessary, by the consent of the Board of Directors of SP-DE and SP-FL.

 

10.  As of the date first set forth above, the effect of this Plan of Merger shall be as provided in Section 259 and other applicable provisions of Delaware Law.

 



 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, upon the effectiveness of this merger, all the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the non-surviving corporation shall vest in Surviving Corporation, and all debts, liabilities and duties of the non-surviving corporation shall become the debts, liabilities and duties of Surviving Corporation.

 

[signature page follows]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

SYNERGY PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Florida corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary S. Jacob

 

Name:

Gary S. Jacob

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

SYNERGY PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary S. Jacob

 

Name:

Gary S. Jacob

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 


Exhibit 3.1

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SYNERGY PHARMACEUTICALS INC.

(a Delaware Corporation)

 

PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 228, 242 AND 245 OF THE

DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW

 

SYNERGY PHARMACEUTICALS INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), does hereby certify that:

 

1. The name of the Corporation is Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. The date of the filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was February 11, 1992 (the “ Original Certificate ”). The name under which the Corporation filed the Original Certificate was “IgX Corp.”.

 

2. This Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Certificate ”) amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 24, 1997, as amended on January 27, 1998, September 29, 1998, and May 10, 1999, (the “ Amended and Restated Certificate ”), and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”) and by the written consent of its stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

3. The text of this Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation this 1 st  day of February, 2012.

 

 

SYNERGY PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary S. Jacob

 

 

Name: Gary S. Jacob

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 



 

Exhibit A

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

SYNERGY PHARMACEUTICALS INC.

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the Corporation is Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The Corporation may change the location of its registered office from time to time without amendment of this Certificate of Incorporation. The current principal place of business and mailing address of the Corporation is 420 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1609, New York, New York 10170.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of the Corporation shall be to engage in and transact any and all lawful business.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

A.   Number and Class of Shares Authorized; Par Value.

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue the following shares of capital stock:

 

(1) Common Stock. The aggregate number of shares of common stock (referred to in this Certificate of Incorporation as “Common Stock”) which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 100,000,000 with a par value of $0.0001 per share.

 

(2) Preferred Stock. The aggregate number of shares of preferred stock (referred to in this Certificate of Incorporation as “Preferred Stock”) which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 20,000,000 with a par value of $.001 per share.

 

B.   Description of Shares of Preferred Stock.

 

The terms, preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

(1) The Board of Directors is expressly authorized at any time and from time to time to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, with such voting powers, full or limited (including, by way of illustration and not limitation, in excess of one vote per share), or without voting powers, and with such designations, preferences and relative

 



 

participating, option or other rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions, as shall be fixed and determined in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance thereof adopted by the Board of Directors, and as are not stated and expressed in these Articles of Incorporation or any amendment hereto, including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) the following:

 

(a) The distinctive designation of such series and the number of shares which shall constitute such series, which number may be increased (except where otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in creating such series) or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors; and

 

(b) The rate and manner of payment of dividends payable on shares of such series, including the dividend rate, date of declaration and payment, whether dividends shall be cumulative, and the conditions upon which and the date from which such dividends shall be cumulative; and

 

(c) Whether shares of such series shall be redeemed, the time or times when, and the price or prices at which, shares of such series shall be redeemable, the redemption price, the terms and conditions of redemption, and the sinking fund provisions, if any, for the purchase or redemption of such shares; and

 

(d) The amount payable on shares of such series and the rights of holders of such shares in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation; and

 

(e) The rights, if any, of the holders of shares of such series to convert such shares into, or exchange such shares for, shares of Common Stock, other securities, or shares of any other class or series of Preferred Stock and the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; and

 

(f) The voting rights, if any, and whether full or limited, of the shares of such series, which may include no voting rights, one vote per share, or such higher number of votes per share as may be designated by the Board of Directors; and

 

(g) The preemptive or preferential rights, if any, of the holders of shares of such series to subscribe for, purchase, receive, or otherwise acquire any part of any new or additional issue of stock of any class, whether now or hereafter authorized, or of any bonds, debentures, notes, or other securities of the Corporation, whether or not convertible into shares of stock with the Corporation.

 

(2) Except in respect of the relative rights and preferences that may be provided by the Board of Directors as hereinbefore provided, all shares of Preferred Stock shall be identical, and each share of a series shall be identical in all respects with the other shares of the same series. When payment of the consideration for which shares of Preferred Stock are to be issued shall have been received by the Corporation, such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable.

 



 

C.   Common Stock Voting Rights.

 

Each record holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held. Holders of Common Stock shall have no cumulative voting rights in any election of directors of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE V

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

The officer(s) and/or director(s) of the Corporation is/are:

 

Gary S. Jacob, President/CEO

420 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1609

New York, NY 10170

 

The number of directors of this Corporation shall be the number from time to time fixed by or in the manner provided in the by-laws, but at no time shall said number of directors be less than one (1).

 

ARTICLE VII

 

The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the Statutes of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the Statutes of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or covered by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person.

 

ARTICLE X

 

The power to adopt, alter, amend or repeal bylaws shall be vested in the Board of Directors.

 


Exhibit 3.2

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

SYNERGY PHARMACEUTICALS INC.

 

A Delaware Corporation

 

ARTICLE I: OFFICES

 

SECTION 1.1 Registered Office.

 

The registered office of Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. (“Corporation”) shall be at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The registered agent of the corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

SECTION 1.2 Principal Office.

 

The principal office for the transaction of the business of the Corporation shall be 420 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1609, New York, New York 10170, or otherwise as set forth in a resolution adopted by the Board.

 

SECTION 1.3 Other Offices.

 

The Corporation may also have an office or offices at such other place or places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II: MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

SECTION 2.1 Place of Meetings.

 

All annual meetings of stockholders and all other meetings of stockholders shall be held either at the principal office of the Corporation or at any other place within or without the State of Delaware that may be designated by the Board pursuant to authority hereinafter granted to the Board.

 

SECTION 2.2 Annual Meetings.

 

Annual meetings of stockholders of the Corporation for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before such meetings may be held at such time and place and on such date as the Board shall determine by resolution.

 

SECTION 2.3 Special Meetings.

 

A special meeting of the stockholders for the transaction of any proper business may be called at any time exclusively by the Board or the Chairman.

 

SECTION 2.4 Notice of Meetings.

 

Except as otherwise required by law, notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting by delivering a typewritten or printed notice thereof to such stockholder personally, or by depositing such notice in the United States mail, in a postage prepaid envelope, directed to such stockholder at such stockholder’s post office address furnished by such

 



 

stockholder to the Secretary of the Corporation for such purpose, or, if such stockholder shall not have furnished an address to the Secretary for such purpose, then at such stockholder’s post office address last known to the Secretary, or by transmitting a notice thereof to such stockholder at such address by telegraph, cable, wireless or facsimile. Except as otherwise expressly required by law, no publication of any notice of a meeting of stockholders shall be required. Every notice of a meeting of stockholders shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, shall also state the purpose for which the meeting is called. Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall not be required to be given to any stockholder to whom notice may be omitted pursuant to applicable Delaware law or who shall have waived such notice, and such notice shall be deemed waived by any stockholder who shall attend such meeting in person or by proxy, except a stockholder who shall attend such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Except as otherwise expressly required by law, notice of any adjourned meeting of stockholders need not be given if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.

 

SECTION 2.5 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action other than to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any such other action. If in any case involving the determination of stockholders for any purpose other than notice of or voting at a meeting of stockholders the Board shall not fix such a record date, then the record date for determining stockholders for such purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board shall adopt the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of such meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 2.6 Quorum.

 

Except as otherwise required by law, the holders of record of a majority in voting interest of the shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to be voted thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation or any adjournment thereof. Subject to the requirement of a larger percentage vote, if any, contained in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or by statute, the stockholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding any withdrawal of stockholders that may leave less than a quorum remaining, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the vote of at least a majority in voting interest of the shares required to constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at any meeting or any adjournment thereof, a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat or, in the absence therefrom of all the stockholders, any officer entitled to preside at, or to act as secretary of, such meeting may adjourn such meeting from time to time. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

 

SECTION 2.7 Voting.

 

(A) Each stockholder shall, at each meeting of stockholders, be entitled to vote, in the manner prescribed by the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, in person or by proxy each share of the stock of the Corporation that has voting rights on the matter in question and that shall have been held by such stockholder and registered in such stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation:

 

(i) on the date fixed pursuant to Section 2.5 of these Bylaws as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting; or

 



 

(ii) if no such record date shall have been so fixed, then (a) at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day upon which notice of the meeting shall be given or (b) if notice of the meeting shall be waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day upon which the meeting shall be held.

 

(B) Shares of the Corporation’s own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors in such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes. Persons holding stock of the Corporation in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to vote such stock. Persons whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to vote, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the Corporation the pledgor shall have expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee, or the pledgee’s proxy, may represent such stock and vote thereon. Stock having voting power standing of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety or otherwise, or with respect to which two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship, shall be voted in accordance with the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (the “DGCL”).

 

(C) Subject to the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, any such voting rights may be exercised by the stockholder entitled thereto in person or by such stockholder’s proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or by such stockholder’s attorney thereunto authorized and delivered to the secretary of the meeting. The attendance at any meeting of a stockholder who may theretofore have given a proxy shall not have the effect of revoking the same unless such stockholder shall in writing so notify the secretary of the meeting prior to the voting of the proxy. At any meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present, all matters, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, in these Bylaws or by law, shall be decided by the vote of a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat and thereon. The vote at any meeting of stockholders on any question need not be by ballot, unless so directed by the chairman of the meeting. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy, and it shall state the number of shares voted.

 

SECTION 2.8 Inspectors of Election.

 

Prior to each meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of such meeting shall appoint an inspector(s) of election to act with respect to any vote. Each inspector of election so appointed shall first subscribe an oath faithfully to execute the duties of an inspector of election at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector of election’s ability. Such inspector(s) of election shall decide upon the qualification of the voters and shall certify and report the number of shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on any question, determine the number of votes entitled to be cast by each share, shall conduct the vote and, when the voting is completed, accept the votes and ascertain and report the number of shares voted respectively for and against each question, and determine, and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of, any challenge made to any determination made by such inspector(s) of election. Reports of inspector(s) of election shall be in writing and subscribed and delivered by them to the Secretary of the Corporation. The inspector(s) of election need not be stockholders of the Corporation, and any officer of the Corporation may be an inspector(s) of election on any question other than a vote for or against a proposal in which such officer shall have a material interest. The inspector(s) of election may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspector(s) of election in the performance of the duties of the inspector(s) of election.

 

SECTION 2.9 Advance Notice of Stockholder Proposals and Stockholder Nominations.

 

Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the Corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at any meeting of stockholders only (a) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the Board, or (c) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in these bylaws, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.9.

 



 

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 60th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days or delayed by more than 60 days from such anniversary date or if the Corporation has not previously held an annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall the public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting to a later date or time commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (I) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (a) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor thereto) and Rule 14a-11 thereunder (or any successor thereto) (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (b) the name and address of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated, (c) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting and nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (d) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder; and (e) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board, (II) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (III) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (a) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, and (b) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner. In addition, the stockholder making such proposal shall promptly provide any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any meeting of the stockholders except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.9(A). The Chairman of any such meeting shall direct that any nomination or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be considered.

 

SECTION 2.10 Action Without Meeting.

 

Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may, if such action has been earlier approved by the Board, be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 



 

ARTICLE III: BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 3.1 General Powers.

 

Subject to any requirements in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or of the DGCL as to action which must be authorized or approved by the stockholders, any and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be under the direction of, the Board to the fullest extent permitted by law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the following powers, to wit:

 

(A) to select and remove all the officers, agents and employees of the Corporation, prescribe such powers and duties for them as may not be inconsistent with law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, fix their compensation, and require from them security for faithful service;

 

(B) to conduct, manage and control the affairs and business of the Corporation, and to make such rules and regulations therefor not inconsistent with law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, as it may deem best;

 

(C) to change the location of the registered office of the Corporation in Section 1.1 hereof; to change the principal office and the principal office for the transaction of the business of the Corporation from one location to another as provided in Section 1.2 hereof; to fix and locate from time to time one or more offices of the Corporation within or without the State of Delaware as provided in Section 1.3 hereof; to designate any place within or without the State of Delaware for the holding of any meeting or meetings of stockholders; and to adopt, make and use a corporate seal, and to prescribe the forms of certificates of stock, and to alter the form of such seal and of such certificates from time to time, and in its judgment as it may deem best, provided such seal and such certificate shall at all times comply with the provisions of law;

 

(D) to authorize the issuance of shares of stock of the Corporation from time to time, upon such terms and for such considerations as may be lawful;

 

(E) to borrow money and incur indebtedness for the purposes of the Corporation, and to cause to be executed and delivered therefor, in the corporate name, promissory notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust and securities therefor; and

 

(F) by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board to designate an executive and other committees of the Board, each consisting of one or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board, and to prescribe the manner in which proceedings of such committee or committees shall be conducted.

 

SECTION 3.2 Number and Term of Office.

 

(A)

 

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors.  Except as provided in Section 3.6 of this Article, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at Annual Meetings of Stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting and until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal.  Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation.  Directors need not be stockholders.

 

SECTION 3.3 Chairman of the Board.

 

The Chairman of the Board, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the Board and all meetings of stockholders. The Chairman of the Board shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

SECTION 3.4 Election of Directors.

 

The directors shall be elected by the stockholders of the Corporation, and at each election, the persons

 



 

receiving the greater number of votes, up to the number of directors then to be elected, shall be the persons then elected. The election of directors is subject to any provision contained in the Certificate of Incorporation relating thereto, including any provision regarding the rights of holders of preferred stock to elect directors.

 

SECTION 3.5 Resignations.

 

Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board or to the Secretary of the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if the time is not specified, it shall take effect immediately upon receipt; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

SECTION 3.6 Vacancies.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any vacancy in the Board, whether because of death, resignation, disqualification, an increase in the number of directors, removal, or any other cause, may be filled by vote of the majority of the remaining directors, although less than a quorum. Increases in the number of directors shall be filled in accordance with the rule that each class of directors shall be as nearly equal in number of directors as possible. Notwithstanding such rule, in the event of any change in the authorized number of directors each director then continuing to serve as such will nevertheless continue as a director of the class of which he is a member, until the expiration of his current term or his earlier death, resignation or removal. If any newly created directorship or vacancy on the Board, consistent with the rule that the three classes shall be as nearly equal in number of directors as possible, may be allocated to one or two or more classes, the Board shall allocate it to that of the available class whose term of office is due to expire at the earliest date following such allocation. When the Board fills a vacancy, the director chosen to fill that vacancy shall be of the same class as the director he succeeds and shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been elected and shall qualify or until such director shall resign or shall have been removed. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

SECTION 3.7 Place of Meeting.

 

The Board or any committee thereof may hold any of its meetings at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board or such committee may from time to time by resolution designate or as shall be designated by the person or persons calling the meeting or in the notice or a waiver of notice of any such meeting. Directors may participate in any regular or special meeting of the Board or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment pursuant to which all persons participating in the meeting of the Board or such committee can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 3.8 Regular Meetings.

 

Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such times as the Board shall from time to time by resolution determine.

 

SECTION 3.9 Special Meetings.

 

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes shall be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board or, if the Chairman of the Board is absent or unable or refuses to act, by the Chief Executive Officer or the President, and may also be called by any two members of the Board. Except as otherwise provided by law or by these Bylaws, written notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by facsimile to each director, or sent to each director by mail or by other form of written communication, charges prepaid, addressed to such director at such director’s address as it is shown upon the records of the Corporation, or, if it is not so shown on such records and is not readily ascertainable, at the place in which the meetings of the directors are regularly held. In case such notice is mailed or telegraphed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail or delivered to the telegraph company

 



 

in the County in which the principal office for the transaction of the business of the Corporation is located at least 48 hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. In case such notice is delivered personally or by facsimile as above provided, it shall be delivered at least 24 hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. Such mailing, telegraphing, delivery or facsimile transmission as above provided shall be due, legal and personal notice to such director. Except where otherwise required by law or by these Bylaws, notice of the purpose of a special meeting need not be given. Notice of any meeting of the Board shall not be required to be given to any director who is present at such meeting, except a director who shall attend such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

SECTION 3.10 Quorum and Manner of Acting.

 

Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the presence of a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be required to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, and all matters shall be decided at any such meeting, a quorum being present, by the affirmative votes of a majority of the directors present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, provided any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such meeting. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of directors present at any meeting may adjourn the same from time to time until a quorum shall be present. Notice of any adjourned meeting need not be given. The directors shall act only as a Board, and the individual directors shall have no power as such.

 

SECTION 3.11 Action by Unanimous Written Consent.

 

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if consent in writing is given thereto by all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, and such consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or of such committee.

 

SECTION 3.12 Compensation.

 

Directors, whether or not employees of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, may receive an annual fee for their services as directors in an amount fixed by resolution of the Board plus other compensation, including options to acquire capital stock of the Corporation, in an amount and of a type fixed by resolution of the Board, and, in addition, a fixed fee, with or without expenses of attendance, may be allowed by resolution of the Board for attendance at each meeting, including each meeting of a committee of the Board. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

 

SECTION 3.13 Committees.

 

The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board and subject to any restrictions or limitations on the delegation of power and authority imposed by applicable law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Any such committee shall keep written minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board at the next regular meeting of the Board. Unless the Board or these Bylaws shall otherwise prescribe the manner of proceedings of any such committee, meetings of such committee may be regularly scheduled in advance and may be called at any time by the chairman of the committee or by any two members thereof; otherwise, the provisions of these Bylaws with respect to notice and conduct of meetings of the Board shall govern.

 

SECTION 3.14 Affiliated Transactions.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bylaws, each transaction, or, if an individual transaction

 



 

constitutes a part of a series of transactions, each series of transactions, proposed to be entered into between the Corporation, on the one hand, and any affiliate of the Corporation, on the other hand, must be approved by the Board. For the purposes of this Section 3.14, (a) “affiliate” shall mean (i) any person that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Corporation, (ii) any other person that owns, beneficially, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding capital shares, shares or equity interests of the Corporation, or (iii) any officer or director of the Corporation; (b) “person” shall mean and include individuals, corporations, general and limited partnerships, stock companies or associations, joint ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other entities and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof; and (c) “control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, through the ownership of voting securities, partnership interests or other equity interests.

 

ARTICLE IV: OFFICERS

 

SECTION 4.1 Officers.

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents (the number thereof and their respective titles to be determined by the Board), a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer, and such other officers as may be appointed at the discretion of the Board in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 hereof.

 

SECTION 4.2 Election.

 

The officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed or elected in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.3 or 4.5 hereof, shall be chosen annually by the Board at the first meeting thereof after the annual meeting of stockholders, and each officer shall hold office until such officer shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise disqualified to serve, or until such officer’s successor shall be elected and qualified.

 

SECTION 4.3 Other Officers.

 

In addition to the officers chosen annually by the Board at its first meeting, the Board also may appoint or elect such other officers as the business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board may from time to time specify, and shall hold office until such officer shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise disqualified to serve, or until such officer’s successor shall be elected and qualified.

 

SECTION 4.4 Removal and Resignation.

 

Except as provided by DGCL Section 141(k), any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by resolution of the Board, at any regular or special meeting of the Board, or, except in case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board. Any officer or assistant may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Board or the Secretary of the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if the time is not specified, upon receipt thereof by the Board or the Secretary, as the case may be; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

SECTION 4.5 Vacancies.

 

A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause may be filled by the vote of the majority of the directors present at any meeting in which a quorum is present, or pursuant to Section 3.11 of these Bylaws.

 



 

SECTION 4.6 Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board has been appointed and is present. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may designate from time to time.

 

SECTION 4.7 President.

 

The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board has been appointed and is present or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer, the President shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of President or which are delegated to him by the Board of Directors. The President shall have the power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all the other officers, employees and agents of the corporation.

 

SECTION 4.8 Vice President.

 

Each Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties with respect to the administration of the business and affairs of the Corporation as are commonly incident to their office or as may from time to time be assigned to such Vice President by the Chairman of the Board, or the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer, or the President, or as may be prescribed by these Bylaws. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board, shall perform all of the duties of the Chairman of the Board, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chairman of the Board.

 

SECTION 4.9 Secretary.

 

(A) The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the Corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties given him in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board shall designate from time to time.

 

(B) The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal office of the Corporation or such other place as the Board may order, a book of minutes of all meetings of directors and stockholders, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and if special, how authorized and the notice thereof given, the names of those present at meetings of directors, the number of shares present or represented at meetings of stockholders, and the proceedings thereof.

 

(C) The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal office of the Corporation’s transfer agent, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the name of each stockholder, the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder, the number and date of certificates issued for such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

 

SECTION 4.10 Chief Financial Officer.

 

The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Financial

 



 

Officer, subject to the order of the Board, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.

 

ARTICLE V: CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS, CHECKS,

 

DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.

 

SECTION 5.1 Execution of Corporate Instruments.

 

The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the Corporation the corporate name without limitation, or enter into contracts on behalf of the Corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances, and unless so authorized by the Board or by these Bylaws, no officer, agent, or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or in any amount.

 

SECTION 5.2 Checks, Drafts, Etc.

 

All checks, drafts or other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidence of indebtedness, issued in the name of or payable to the Corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such person or persons and in such manner as, from time to time, shall be determined by resolution of the Board. Each such officer, assistant, agent or attorney shall give such bond, if any, as the Board may require.

 

SECTION 5.3 Deposits.

 

All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select, or as may be selected by any officer or officers, assistant or assistants, agent or agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation to whom such power shall have been delegated by the Board. For the purpose of deposit and for the purpose of collection for the account of the Corporation, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President (or any other officer or officers, assistant or assistants, agent or agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation who shall from time to time be determined by the Board) may endorse, assign and deliver checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money which are payable to the order of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5.4 General and Special Bank Accounts.

 

The Board may from time to time authorize the opening and keeping of general and special bank accounts with such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select or as may be selected by any officer or officers, assistant or assistants, agent or agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation to whom such power shall have been delegated by the Board. The Board may make such special rules and regulations with respect to such bank accounts, not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws, as it may deem expedient.

 

ARTICLE VI: SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

 

SECTION 6.1 Certificates for Stock.

 

Every owner of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate or certificates, to be in such form as the Board shall prescribe, certifying the number and class or series of shares of the stock of the Corporation owned by such owner. The certificates representing shares of such stock shall be numbered in the order in which they shall be issued and shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, and by the Secretary. Any or

 



 

all of the signatures on the certificates may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon, any such certificate, shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, such certificate may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as though the person who signed such certificate, or whose facsimile signature shall have been placed thereupon, were such an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. A record shall be kept of the respective names of the persons, firms or corporations owning the stock represented by such certificates, the number and class or series of shares represented by such certificates, respectively, and the respective dates thereof, and in case of cancellation, the respective dates of cancellation. Every certificate surrendered to the Corporation for exchange or transfer shall be canceled, and no new certificate or certificates shall be issued in exchange for any existing certificate until such existing certificate shall have been so canceled, except in cases provided for in Section 6.4 hereof.

 

SECTION 6.2 Transfers of Stock.

 

Transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by such holder’s attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary, or with a transfer clerk or a transfer agent appointed as provided in Section 6.3 hereof, and upon surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes thereon. The person in whose name shares of stock stand on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the Corporation. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, such fact shall be so expressed in the entry of transfer if, when the certificate or certificates shall be presented to the Corporation for transfer, both the transferor and the transferee request the Corporation to do so.

 

SECTION 6.3 Regulations.

 

The Board may make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of the stock of the Corporation. It may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer clerks or one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars, and may require all certificates for stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.

 

SECTION 6.4 Lost, Stolen, Destroyed, and Mutilated Certificates.

 

In any case of loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place upon proof satisfactory to the Board of such loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation and upon the giving of a bond of indemnity to the Corporation in such form and in such sum as the Board may direct; provided, however, that a new certificate may be issued without requiring any bond when, in the judgment of the Board, it is proper so to do.

 

ARTICLE VII: INDEMNIFICATION

 

SECTION 7.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (provided that the effect of any such amendment shall be prospective only) (the “Delaware Law”), a director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as a director. The Corporation shall indemnify, in the manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Law (but in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), any person (or the estate of any person) who is or was a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another

 



 

corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The Corporation may, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Law, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any such person against any liability which may be asserted against such person. The Corporation may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including without limitation a letter of credit) to ensure the payment of such sums as may become necessary or desirable to effect the indemnification as provided herein. To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Law, the indemnification provided herein shall include expenses as incurred (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and any such expenses shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person seeking indemnification to repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Section 7.1, no advance shall be made by the Corporation if a determination is reasonably and promptly made by the Board by a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested Directors, or (if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested Directors so directs) by independent legal counsel to the Corporation, that, based upon the facts known to the Board or such counsel at the time such determination is made, (a) the party seeking an advance acted in bad faith or deliberately breached his or her duty to the Corporation or its stockholders, and (b) as a result of such actions by the party seeking an advance, it is more likely than not that it will ultimately be determined that such party is not entitled to indemnification pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.1. The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed to limit the right of the Corporation to indemnify any other person for any such expenses to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Law, nor shall it be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification from the Corporation may be entitled under any agreement, the Corporation’s Bylaws, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Corporation may, but only to the extent that the Board of Directors may (but shall not be obligated to) authorize from time to time, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Section 7.1 as it applies to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 7.2 Indemnification of Employees and Agents.

 

Subject to Section 7.1, the Corporation may, but only to the extent that the Board may (but shall not be obligated to) authorize from time to time, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII as they apply to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 7.3 Enforcement of Indemnification.

 

The rights to indemnification and the advancement of expenses conferred above shall be contract rights. If a claim under this Article VII is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of such claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expenses of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall either create a

 



 

presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII: MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 8.1 Seal.

 

The Board shall adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in the form set forth in a resolution approved by the Board.

 

SECTION 8.2 Waiver of Notices.

 

Whenever notice is required to be given by these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, the person entitled to said notice may waive such notice in writing, either before or after the time stated therein, and such waiver shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

 

SECTION 8.3 Amendments.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, by law, or in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or any of them may be altered, amended, repealed or rescinded and new Bylaws may be adopted by the Board or by the stockholders at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, provided that notice of such proposed alteration, amendment, repeal, recession or adoption is given in the notice of such meeting of stockholders.

 


Exhibit 10.8

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of January 20, 2011 is made and entered into by and between Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of the state of Florida (the “ Company ”), and Bernard Denoyer, an individual (the “ Executive ”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

The Company desires to employ the Executive, and the Executive wishes to accept such employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

In consideration of the mutual promises and agreements set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Employment .  The Company hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment and agrees to perform Executive’s duties and responsibilities in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

1.1                                  Duties and Responsibilities . Executive shall serve as Senior Vice President, Finance.  During the Employment Term (as defined below), Executive shall perform all duties and accept all responsibilities incident to such position and other appropriate duties as may be assigned to Executive by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer from time to time. The Company shall retain full direction and control of the manner, means and methods by which Executive performs the services for which he is employed hereunder and of the place or places at which such services shall be rendered.  The Executive also agrees that he will sign various federal and state tax and securities filings as the Company’s principal accounting officer, including the Company’s controlling shareholder, Callisto Pharmaceuticals, Inc..

 

1.2                                  Employment Term .  The term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence as of January 20, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) and shall continue for 12 months, unless earlier terminated in accordance with Section 4 hereof.  The term of Executive’s employment shall be automatically renewed for successive one (1) year periods until the Executive or the Company delivers to the other party a written notice of their intent not to renew the “Employment Term,” such written notice to be delivered at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the then-effective “Employment Term” as that term is defined below.  The period commencing as of the Effective Date and ending 12 months thereafter or such later date to which the term of Executive’s employment under the Agreement shall have been extended by mutual written agreement is referred to herein as the “Employment Term.”

 

1.3                                  Extent of Service .  During the Employment Term, Executive agrees to use Executive’s best efforts to carry out the duties and responsibilities under Section 1.1 hereof and, subject to Section 1.1, to devote substantially all Executive’s business time, attention and energy thereto.  .  Executive may not serve as a Director on more than two Boards without prior written

 



 

consent of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

1.4                                  Base Salary .  The Company shall pay Executive a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) at the annual rate of $195,000 (U.S.), payable at such times as the Company customarily pays its other senior level executives (but in any event no less often than monthly).  The Base Salary shall be subject to all state, federal, and local payroll tax withholding and any other withholdings required by law.

 

1.5                                  Incentive Compensation .  Executive shall be eligible to earn a cash bonus of up to 20% of his base salary for each twelve-month period during the Employment Term at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, or if the Board organizes a compensation committee, such committee (the “Committee”).  Executive’s bonus, if any, shall be subject to all applicable tax and payroll withholdings.

 

1.6                                  Other Benefits .  During the Employment Term, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans and programs made available to the Company’s senior level executives as a group or to its employees generally, as such plans or programs may be in effect from time to time (the “ Benefit Coverages ”), including, without limitation, medical, dental, hospitalization, short-term and long-term disability and life insurance plans, accidental death and dismemberment protection and travel accident insurance.  Executive shall be provided office space and staff assistance appropriate for Executive’s position and adequate for the performance of his duties and responsibilities.

 

1.7                                  Reimbursement of Expenses; Vacation; Sick Days and Personal Days .  Executive shall be provided with reimbursement of expenses related to Executive’s employment by the Company on a basis no less favorable than that which may be authorized from time to time by the Board, in its sole discretion, for senior level executives as a group.  Executive shall be entitled to vacation and holidays in accordance with the Company’s normal personnel policies for senior level executives, but not less than three (3) weeks of vacation per calendar year, provided Executive shall not utilize more than ten (10) consecutive business days without the express consent of the Chief Executive Officer.  Unused vacation time will be forfeited as of December 31 of each calendar year of the Employment Term.  Executive shall be entitled to no more than an aggregate of ten (10) sick days and personal days per calendar year.

 

1.8                                  No Other Compensation .  Except as expressly provided in Sections 1.4 through 1.7, Executive shall not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits.

 

2.                                        Confidential Information .  Executive recognizes and acknowledges that by reason of Executive’s employment by and service to the Company before, during and, if applicable, after the Employment Term, Executive will have access to certain confidential and proprietary information relating to the Company’s business, which may include, but is not limited to, trade secrets, trade “know-how,” product development techniques and plans, formulas, customer lists and addresses,  financing services, funding programs, cost and pricing information, marketing and sales techniques, strategy and programs, computer programs and software and financial information (collectively referred to herein as “ Confidential Information ”).  Executive

 

2



 

acknowledges that such Confidential Information is a valuable and unique asset of the Company and Executive covenants that he will not, unless expressly authorized in writing by the Company, at any time during the course of Executive’s employment use any Confidential Information or divulge or disclose any Confidential Information to any person, firm or corporation except in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties for and on behalf of the Company and in a manner consistent with the Company’s policies regarding Confidential Information.  Executive also covenants that at any time after the termination of such employment, directly or indirectly, he will not use any Confidential Information or divulge or disclose any Confidential Information to any person, firm or corporation, unless such information is in the public domain through no fault of Executive or except when required to do so by a court of law, by any governmental agency having supervisory authority over the business of the Company or by any administrative or legislative body (including a committee thereof) with apparent jurisdiction to order Executive to divulge, disclose or make accessible such information.  All written Confidential Information (including, without limitation, in any computer or other electronic format) which comes into Executive’s possession during the course of Executive’s employment shall remain the property of the Company. Unless expressly authorized in writing by the Company, Executive shall not remove any written Confidential Information from the Company’s premises, except in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties for and on behalf of the Company and in a manner consistent with the Company’s policies regarding Confidential Information.  Upon termination of Executive’s employment, the Executive agrees to immediately return to the Company all written Confidential Information (including, without limitation, in any computer or other electronic format) in Executive’s possession.  As a condition of Executive’s continued employment with the Company and in order to protect the Company’s interest in such proprietary information, the Company shall require Executive’s execution of a Confidentiality Agreement and Inventions Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “A” , and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

3.                                        Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation .

 

3.1                                  Non-Compete The Executive hereby covenants and agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for a period of one year following the end of the Employment Term, the Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, whether or not for compensation, engage in any business activity, or have any interest in any person, firm, corporation or business, through a subsidiary or parent entity or other entity (whether as a shareholder, agent, joint venturer, security holder, trustee, partner, Executive, creditor lending credit or money for the purpose of establishing or operating any such business, partner or otherwise) with any Competing Business in the Covered Area.  For the purpose of this Section 3.1, (i) “Competing Business” means any biotechnology or pharmaceutical company, any contract manufacturer, any research laboratory or other company or entity (whether or not organized for profit) that has, or is seeking to develop, one or more products or therapies that is

 

3



 

related to plecanatide and (ii) “Covered Area” means all geographical areas of the United States and other foreign jurisdictions where Company then has offices and/or sells its products directly or indirectly through distributors and/or other sales agents.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may own shares of companies whose securities are publicly traded, so long as ownership of such securities do not constitute more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding securities of any such company.

 

3.2                                  Non-Solicitation .  The Executive further agrees that as long as the Agreement remains in effect and for a period of one (1) year from its termination, the Executive will not divert any business of the Company and/or its affiliates or any customers or suppliers of the Company and/or the Company’s and/or its affiliates’ business to any other person, entity or competitor, or induce or attempt to induce, directly or indirectly, any person to leave his or her employment with the Company and/or its affiliates.

 

3.3                                  Remedies .  The Executive acknowledges and agrees that his obligations provided herein are necessary and reasonable in order to protect the Company and its affiliates and their respective business and the Executive expressly agrees that monetary damages would be inadequate to compensate the Company and/or its affiliates for any breach by the Executive of his covenants and agreements set forth herein.  Accordingly, the Executive agrees and acknowledges that any such violation or threatened violation of this Section 3 will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that, in addition to any other remedies that may be available, in law, in equity or otherwise, the Company and its affiliates shall be entitled to obtain injunctive relief against the threatened breach of this Section 3 or the continuation of any such breach by the Executive without the necessity of proving actual damages.

 

4.0.                               Termination:

 

4.1                                  Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason.

 

(a)                                   If this Agreement is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as defined in Section 4.4 hereof) or as a result of Executive’s death or Permanent Disability (as defined in Section 4.2 hereof), or if Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason (as defined in Section 4.1 (b) hereof) prior to the Expiration Date, Executive shall receive or commence receiving as soon as practicable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement:

 

(i)                                      a severance payment (the “Severance Payment”), which amount shall be paid in a cash lump sum within ten (10) days of the date of termination, in an amount equal to the higher of the aggregate amount of the Executive’s Base Compensation for the then remaining term of this Agreement or twelve times the average monthly Base Compensation paid or accrued during the three full months immediately preceding such termination;

 

(ii)                                   immediate vesting of all unvested stock options and the extension of the exercise period of such options to the later of the longest period permitted

 

4



 

by the Company’s stock option plans or ten years following the Termination Date;

 

(iii)                                payment in respect of compensation earned but not yet paid (the “Compensation Payment”) which amount shall be paid in a cash lump sum within ten (10) days of the date of termination; and

 

(iv)                               payment of the cost of comprehensive medical insurance for Executive for a period of  twelve months following the termination.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following (without Executive’s express prior written consent):

 

(i)                                      Any material breach by Company of any provision of this Agreement, including any material reduction by Company of Executive’s duties or responsibilities (except in connection with the termination of Executive’s employment for Cause, as a result of Permanent Disability, as a result of Executive’s death or by Executive other than for Good Reason);

 

(ii)                                   A reduction by the Company in Executive’s Base Compensation or any  failure of the Company to reimburse Executive for material expenses described in Section 1.7 of this Agreement;

 

(iii)                                The failure by the Company to obtain the specific assumption of this Agreement by any successor or assign of Company as provided for in Section 5.6 hereof;

 

(iv)                               Moving the principal offices of Company to a location outside of the Metropolitan New York Area; or

 

(v)                                  Upon a Change of Control of Company (as such term is hereinafter defined).

 

(c)                                   The following provisions shall apply in the event compensation provided in Section 4.1 (a) becomes payable to the Executive:

 

(i)                                      In the event the severance compensation provided for in subsection 4.1(a)  above  cannot be finally determined on or before the tenth day following such termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive on such day an estimate, as determined in good faith by the Company of the minimum amount of such compensation and shall pay the remainder of such compensation (together with interest at the Federal short-term rate provided in Section 1274(d)(7)(C)(1) of the Code) as soon as the amount thereof can be determined but in no event later than the thirtieth day after the Date of Termination. In the event the amount of the estimated payment exceeds the amount subsequently determined to have been due, such

 

5



 

excess shall constitute a loan by the Company to the Executive payable on the fifth day after demand by the Company (together with interest at the Federal short-term rate provided in Section 1274(d)(7)(C)(1) of the Code).

 

(ii)                                   If the payment of the Total Payments (as defined below) will be subject to the tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, the Company shall pay the Executive on or before the tenth day following the Date of Termination, an additional amount (the “Gross-Up Payment”) such that the net amount retained by the Executive, after deduction of any Excise Tax on Total Payments and any federal and state and local income tax and Excise Tax upon the payment provided for by this paragraph, shall be equal to the Total Payments. For purposes of determining whether any of the payments will be subject to the Excise Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax, (A) any payments or benefits received or to be received by the Executive in connection with a Change in Control of the Company or the Executive’s termination of employment, whether payable pursuant to the terms of Section 4 of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, its successors, any person whose actions result in a Change in Control of the Company or any corporation affiliated (or which, as a result of the completion of transaction causing such a Change in control, will become affiliated) with the Company within the meaning of Section 1504 of Code (the “Total Payments”) shall be treated as “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 28OG(b)(2) of the Code, and all “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 28OG(b)(1) shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax, unless, in the opinion of tax counsel selected by the Company’s independent auditors and acceptable to the Executive, the Total Payments (in whole or in part) do not constitute parachute payments, or such excess parachute payments (in whole or in part) represent reasonable compensation for services actually rendered within the meaning of Section 28OG(b)(4) of the Code either in their entirety or in excess of the base amount within the meaning of Section 28OG(b)(3) of the Code, or are otherwise not subject to the Excise Tax, (B) the amount of the Total Payments that shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax shall be equal to the lesser of (I) the total amount of the Total Payments or (II) the amount of excess parachute payments or benefit shall be determined by the Company’s independent auditors in accordance with the principles of Section 28OG(d)(3) and (4) of the Code. For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation in the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation in the state and locality of the Executive’s residence an the Date of Termination, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes. In the event the Excise Tax is subsequently determined to be less than the amount taken into account hereunder at the time of termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall

 

6



 

repay to the Company at the time the amount of such reduction in Excise Tax is finally determined the portion of the Gross-Up Payment that can be repaid such that the Executive remains whole on an after-tax basis following such repayment (taking into account any reduction in income or excise taxes to the Executive from such repayment) plus interest on the amount of such repayment at the Federal short-term rate provided in Section 1274(d)(1)(C)(i) of the Code. In the event the Excise Tax is determined to exceed the amount taken into account hereunder at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment (including by reason of any payment the existence or amount of which cannot be determined at the time of the Gross-Up Payment), the Company shall make an additional gross-up payment in respect of such excess (plus any interest payable with respect to such excess) at the time that the amount of such excess is finally determined.

 

4.2                                  Permanent Disability.     If Executive becomes totally and permanently disabled (as defined in the Company’s disability benefit plan applicable to senior executive officers as in effect on the date thereof) (“Permanent Disability”), Company or Executive may terminate this Agreement on written notice thereof, and Executive shall receive or commence receiving, as soon as practicable:

 

(i)                                      amounts payable pursuant to the terms of the disability insurance policy or similar arrangement which Company maintains for the Executive, if any, during the term hereof;

 

(ii)                                   the Compensation Payment which shall be paid to Executive as a cash lump sum within 30 days of such termination; and

 

(iii)                                immediate vesting of all unvested stock options.

 

4.3                                  Death.              In the event of Executive’s death during the term of his employment hereunder, Executive’s estate or designated beneficiaries shall receive or commence receiving, as soon as practicable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement:

 

(i)                                      compensation equal to one year’s Base Compensation which shall be paid within 30 days of such termination;

 

(ii)                                   any death benefits provided under the Executive benefit programs, plans and practices in which the Executive has an interest, in accordance with their respective terms;

 

(iii)                                the Compensation Payment which shall be paid to Executive’s estate as a cash lump sum within 30 days of such termination; and

 

7



 

(iv)                               such other payments under applicable plans or programs to which Executive’s estate or designated beneficiaries are entitled pursuant to the terms of such plans or programs.

 

4.4                                  Voluntary Termination by Executive: Discharge for Cause.    The Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement for Cause (as hereinafter defined). In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by Company for Cause, as hereinafter defined, or by Executive other than for Good Reason or other than as a result of the Executive’s Permanent Disability or death, prior to the Termination Date, Executive shall be entitled only to receive, as a cash lump sum within 30 days of such termination, the Compensation Payment.  As used herein, the term “Cause” shall be limited to (i) willful malfeasance or willful misconduct by Executive in connection with the services to the Company in a matter of material importance to the conduct of the Company’s affairs which has a material adverse affect on the business of the Company, or (ii) the conviction of Executive for commission of a felony.  For purposes of this subsection, no act or failure to act on the Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.  Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall be made by delivery to Executive of a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of all of the members of the Board of Directors called and held for such purpose (after 30 days prior written notice to Executive and reasonable opportunity for Executive to be heard before the Board of Directors prior to such vote), finding that in the good faith business judgment of such Board of Directors, Executive was guilty of conduct set forth in any of clauses (i) through (ii) above and specifying the particulars thereof.

 

4.5 Change of Control Definition.                  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) there shall be consummated (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the Company’s Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company’s Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have substantially the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all the assets of the Company, or (ii) the stockholders of the Company shall approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (iii) any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)), other than the Company or any Executive benefit plan sponsored by the Company, or such person on the Effective Date hereof is a 20% or more beneficial owner, shall become the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing in special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors, as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise, or (iv) at any time during a period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period, constituted the Board of Directors of the Company shall cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election or the nomination for election

 

8



 

by the Company’s stockholders of each new director during such two-year period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office, who were directors at the beginning of such two-year period.

 

4.6                                  Rights and Obligations. If a Change in Control of the Company shall have occurred while the Executive is Officer of the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to the compensation provided in Section 4.1 of this Agreement upon the subsequent termination of this Agreement by either the Company, or the Executive within two years of the date upon which the Change in Control shall have occurred, unless such termination is a result of (i) the Executive’s death; (ii) the Executive’s Disability; (iii) the Executive’s Retirement; or (iv) the Executive’s termination for Cause.

 

5.                                        General Provisions .

 

5.1                                  Modification; No Waiver .  No modification, amendment or discharge of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same is in writing and signed by all parties hereto.  Failure of any party at any time to enforce any provisions of this Agreement or any rights or to exercise any elections shall in no way be considered to be a waiver of such provisions, rights or elections and shall in no way affect the validity of this Agreement.  The exercise by any party of any of its rights or any of its elections under this Agreement shall not preclude or prejudice such party from exercising the same or any other right it may have under this Agreement irrespective of any previous action taken.

 

5.2                                  Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder or necessary or convenient in connection herewith shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when hand delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail as follows (provided that notice of change of address shall be deemed given only when received):

 

If to the Company, to:

 

Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

420 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1609

 

 

New York, NY 10170

 

 

 

If to Executive, to:

 

Bernard Denoyer

 

 

109 Blackman Road

 

 

Ridgefield, CT 06877

 

Or to such other names or addresses as the Company or Executive, as the case may be, shall designate by notice to each other person entitled to receive notices in the manner specified in this Section.

 

5.3                                  Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

9



 

5.4                                  Further Assurances .  Each party to this Agreement shall execute all instruments and documents and take all actions as may be reasonably required to effectuate this Agreement.

 

5.5                                  Severability .  Should any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or of any agreement entered into pursuant to this Agreement be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, then such illegal or unenforceable provision shall be modified by the proper court or arbitrator to the extent necessary and possible to make such provision enforceable, and such modified provision and all other provisions of this Agreement and of each other agreement entered into pursuant to this Agreement shall be given effect separately from the provisions or portion thereof determined to be illegal or unenforceable and shall not be affected thereby.

 

5.6                                  Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs and representatives of Executive and the assigns and successors of Company, but neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder shall be assignable or otherwise subject to hypothecation by Executive (except by will or by operation of the laws of intestate succession or by Executive notifying the Company that cash payment be made to an affiliated investment partnership in which Executive is a control person) or by Company, except that Company may assign this Agreement to any successor (whether by merger, purchase or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the stock, assets or businesses of Company, if such successor expressly agrees to assume the obligations of Company hereunder.

 

5.7                                  Entire Agreement .  This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties, oral or written.  No modification, termination or attempted waiver shall be valid unless in writing, signed by the party against whom such modification, termination or waiver is sought to be enforced.

 

5.8                                  Counterparts; Facsimile .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile with original signatures to follow.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

SYNERGY PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary S. Jacob

 

 

Gary S. Jacob

 

 

President and CEO

 

10



 

 

/s/ Bernard Denoyer

 

Bernard Denoyer

 

Executive

 

11



 

Exhibit A

 

Confidentiality Agreement and Inventions Agreement

 



 

Exhibit B

 

Release

 


Exhibit 23

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
New York, New York

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Amendment No. 1 of the Form S-3 (No. 333-163316) of Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Subsidiaries (a development stage company) (the “Company”) of our reports dated March 15, 2012, relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting which appears in this Form 10-K. Our report on the financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

New York, New York

March 15, 2012

 


Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Gary S. Jacob, certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Registrant”);

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a.   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

b.   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial; and

 

b.   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

March 15, 2012

/s/ GARY S. JACOB

 

Gary S. Jacob

 

Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Bernard Denoyer, certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Registrant”);

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a.   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

b.   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

March 15, 2012

/s/ BERNARD DENOYER

 

Bernard Denoyer

 

Senior Vice President, Finance

 


Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Gary S. Jacob, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)

 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

 

(2)

 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

March 15, 2012

/s/ GARY S. JACOB

 

 

Gary S. Jacob

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Bernard Denoyer, Senior Vice President, Finance of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)

 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

 

(2)

 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

March 15, 2012

/s/ BERNARD DENOYER

 

Bernard Denoyer

 

Senior Vice President, Finance